Linux kernel mirror (for testing) git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git
kernel os linux

Merge branch 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial

* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jikos/trivial: (56 commits)
doc: fix typo in comment explaining rb_tree usage
Remove fs/ntfs/ChangeLog
doc: fix console doc typo
doc: cpuset: Update the cpuset flag file
Fix of spelling in arch/sparc/kernel/leon_kernel.c no longer needed
Remove drivers/parport/ChangeLog
Remove drivers/char/ChangeLog
doc: typo - Table 1-2 should refer to "status", not "statm"
tree-wide: fix typos "ass?o[sc]iac?te" -> "associate" in comments
No need to patch AMD-provided drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/atombios.h
devres/irq: Fix devm_irq_match comment
Remove reference to kthread_create_on_cpu
tree-wide: Assorted spelling fixes
tree-wide: fix 'lenght' typo in comments and code
drm/kms: fix spelling in error message
doc: capitalization and other minor fixes in pnp doc
devres: typo fix s/dev/devm/
Remove redundant trailing semicolons from macros
fix typo "definetly" -> "definitely" in comment
tree-wide: s/widht/width/g typo in comments
...

Fix trivial conflict in Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX

+396 -3454
+3 -3
Documentation/DocBook/mtdnand.tmpl
··· 488 488 The ECC bytes must be placed immidiately after the data 489 489 bytes in order to make the syndrome generator work. This 490 490 is contrary to the usual layout used by software ECC. The 491 - seperation of data and out of band area is not longer 491 + separation of data and out of band area is not longer 492 492 possible. The nand driver code handles this layout and 493 493 the remaining free bytes in the oob area are managed by 494 494 the autoplacement code. Provide a matching oob-layout ··· 560 560 bad blocks. They have factory marked good blocks. The marker pattern 561 561 is erased when the block is erased to be reused. So in case of 562 562 powerloss before writing the pattern back to the chip this block 563 - would be lost and added to the bad blocks. Therefor we scan the 563 + would be lost and added to the bad blocks. Therefore we scan the 564 564 chip(s) when we detect them the first time for good blocks and 565 565 store this information in a bad block table before erasing any 566 566 of the blocks. ··· 1094 1094 manufacturers specifications. This applies similar to the spare area. 1095 1095 </para> 1096 1096 <para> 1097 - Therefor NAND aware filesystems must either write in page size chunks 1097 + Therefore NAND aware filesystems must either write in page size chunks 1098 1098 or hold a writebuffer to collect smaller writes until they sum up to 1099 1099 pagesize. Available NAND aware filesystems: JFFS2, YAFFS. 1100 1100 </para>
+1 -1
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/common.xml
··· 1170 1170 captured or output, applications can request frame skipping or 1171 1171 duplicating on the driver side. This is especially useful when using 1172 1172 the &func-read; or &func-write;, which are not augmented by timestamps 1173 - or sequence counters, and to avoid unneccessary data copying.</para> 1173 + or sequence counters, and to avoid unnecessary data copying.</para> 1174 1174 1175 1175 <para>Finally these ioctls can be used to determine the number of 1176 1176 buffers used internally by a driver in read/write mode. For
+1 -1
Documentation/DocBook/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml
··· 55 55 duplicating on the driver side. This is especially useful when using 56 56 the <function>read()</function> or <function>write()</function>, which 57 57 are not augmented by timestamps or sequence counters, and to avoid 58 - unneccessary data copying.</para> 58 + unnecessary data copying.</para> 59 59 60 60 <para>Further these ioctls can be used to determine the number of 61 61 buffers used internally by a driver in read/write mode. For
+2 -2
Documentation/arm/Samsung-S3C24XX/CPUfreq.txt
··· 14 14 how the clocks are arranged. The first implementation used as single 15 15 PLL to feed the ARM, memory and peripherals via a series of dividers 16 16 and muxes and this is the implementation that is documented here. A 17 - newer version where there is a seperate PLL and clock divider for the 18 - ARM core is available as a seperate driver. 17 + newer version where there is a separate PLL and clock divider for the 18 + ARM core is available as a separate driver. 19 19 20 20 21 21 Layout
+65 -62
Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt
··· 168 168 containing (on top of the standard cgroup files) the following 169 169 files describing that cpuset: 170 170 171 - - cpus: list of CPUs in that cpuset 172 - - mems: list of Memory Nodes in that cpuset 173 - - memory_migrate flag: if set, move pages to cpusets nodes 174 - - cpu_exclusive flag: is cpu placement exclusive? 175 - - mem_exclusive flag: is memory placement exclusive? 176 - - mem_hardwall flag: is memory allocation hardwalled 177 - - memory_pressure: measure of how much paging pressure in cpuset 178 - - memory_spread_page flag: if set, spread page cache evenly on allowed nodes 179 - - memory_spread_slab flag: if set, spread slab cache evenly on allowed nodes 180 - - sched_load_balance flag: if set, load balance within CPUs on that cpuset 181 - - sched_relax_domain_level: the searching range when migrating tasks 171 + - cpuset.cpus: list of CPUs in that cpuset 172 + - cpuset.mems: list of Memory Nodes in that cpuset 173 + - cpuset.memory_migrate flag: if set, move pages to cpusets nodes 174 + - cpuset.cpu_exclusive flag: is cpu placement exclusive? 175 + - cpuset.mem_exclusive flag: is memory placement exclusive? 176 + - cpuset.mem_hardwall flag: is memory allocation hardwalled 177 + - cpuset.memory_pressure: measure of how much paging pressure in cpuset 178 + - cpuset.memory_spread_page flag: if set, spread page cache evenly on allowed nodes 179 + - cpuset.memory_spread_slab flag: if set, spread slab cache evenly on allowed nodes 180 + - cpuset.sched_load_balance flag: if set, load balance within CPUs on that cpuset 181 + - cpuset.sched_relax_domain_level: the searching range when migrating tasks 182 182 183 183 In addition, the root cpuset only has the following file: 184 - - memory_pressure_enabled flag: compute memory_pressure? 184 + - cpuset.memory_pressure_enabled flag: compute memory_pressure? 185 185 186 186 New cpusets are created using the mkdir system call or shell 187 187 command. The properties of a cpuset, such as its flags, allowed ··· 229 229 a direct ancestor or descendant, may share any of the same CPUs or 230 230 Memory Nodes. 231 231 232 - A cpuset that is mem_exclusive *or* mem_hardwall is "hardwalled", 232 + A cpuset that is cpuset.mem_exclusive *or* cpuset.mem_hardwall is "hardwalled", 233 233 i.e. it restricts kernel allocations for page, buffer and other data 234 234 commonly shared by the kernel across multiple users. All cpusets, 235 235 whether hardwalled or not, restrict allocations of memory for user ··· 304 304 --------------------------- 305 305 There are two boolean flag files per cpuset that control where the 306 306 kernel allocates pages for the file system buffers and related in 307 - kernel data structures. They are called 'memory_spread_page' and 308 - 'memory_spread_slab'. 307 + kernel data structures. They are called 'cpuset.memory_spread_page' and 308 + 'cpuset.memory_spread_slab'. 309 309 310 - If the per-cpuset boolean flag file 'memory_spread_page' is set, then 310 + If the per-cpuset boolean flag file 'cpuset.memory_spread_page' is set, then 311 311 the kernel will spread the file system buffers (page cache) evenly 312 312 over all the nodes that the faulting task is allowed to use, instead 313 313 of preferring to put those pages on the node where the task is running. 314 314 315 - If the per-cpuset boolean flag file 'memory_spread_slab' is set, 315 + If the per-cpuset boolean flag file 'cpuset.memory_spread_slab' is set, 316 316 then the kernel will spread some file system related slab caches, 317 317 such as for inodes and dentries evenly over all the nodes that the 318 318 faulting task is allowed to use, instead of preferring to put those ··· 337 337 is turned off, then the currently specified NUMA mempolicy once again 338 338 applies to memory page allocations. 339 339 340 - Both 'memory_spread_page' and 'memory_spread_slab' are boolean flag 340 + Both 'cpuset.memory_spread_page' and 'cpuset.memory_spread_slab' are boolean flag 341 341 files. By default they contain "0", meaning that the feature is off 342 342 for that cpuset. If a "1" is written to that file, then that turns 343 343 the named feature on. 344 344 345 345 The implementation is simple. 346 346 347 - Setting the flag 'memory_spread_page' turns on a per-process flag 347 + Setting the flag 'cpuset.memory_spread_page' turns on a per-process flag 348 348 PF_SPREAD_PAGE for each task that is in that cpuset or subsequently 349 349 joins that cpuset. The page allocation calls for the page cache 350 350 is modified to perform an inline check for this PF_SPREAD_PAGE task 351 351 flag, and if set, a call to a new routine cpuset_mem_spread_node() 352 352 returns the node to prefer for the allocation. 353 353 354 - Similarly, setting 'memory_spread_slab' turns on the flag 354 + Similarly, setting 'cpuset.memory_spread_slab' turns on the flag 355 355 PF_SPREAD_SLAB, and appropriately marked slab caches will allocate 356 356 pages from the node returned by cpuset_mem_spread_node(). 357 357 ··· 404 404 system overhead on those CPUs, including avoiding task load 405 405 balancing if that is not needed. 406 406 407 - When the per-cpuset flag "sched_load_balance" is enabled (the default 408 - setting), it requests that all the CPUs in that cpusets allowed 'cpus' 407 + When the per-cpuset flag "cpuset.sched_load_balance" is enabled (the default 408 + setting), it requests that all the CPUs in that cpusets allowed 'cpuset.cpus' 409 409 be contained in a single sched domain, ensuring that load balancing 410 410 can move a task (not otherwised pinned, as by sched_setaffinity) 411 411 from any CPU in that cpuset to any other. 412 412 413 - When the per-cpuset flag "sched_load_balance" is disabled, then the 413 + When the per-cpuset flag "cpuset.sched_load_balance" is disabled, then the 414 414 scheduler will avoid load balancing across the CPUs in that cpuset, 415 415 --except-- in so far as is necessary because some overlapping cpuset 416 416 has "sched_load_balance" enabled. 417 417 418 - So, for example, if the top cpuset has the flag "sched_load_balance" 418 + So, for example, if the top cpuset has the flag "cpuset.sched_load_balance" 419 419 enabled, then the scheduler will have one sched domain covering all 420 - CPUs, and the setting of the "sched_load_balance" flag in any other 420 + CPUs, and the setting of the "cpuset.sched_load_balance" flag in any other 421 421 cpusets won't matter, as we're already fully load balancing. 422 422 423 423 Therefore in the above two situations, the top cpuset flag 424 - "sched_load_balance" should be disabled, and only some of the smaller, 424 + "cpuset.sched_load_balance" should be disabled, and only some of the smaller, 425 425 child cpusets have this flag enabled. 426 426 427 427 When doing this, you don't usually want to leave any unpinned tasks in ··· 433 433 task to that underused CPU. 434 434 435 435 Of course, tasks pinned to a particular CPU can be left in a cpuset 436 - that disables "sched_load_balance" as those tasks aren't going anywhere 436 + that disables "cpuset.sched_load_balance" as those tasks aren't going anywhere 437 437 else anyway. 438 438 439 439 There is an impedance mismatch here, between cpusets and sched domains. ··· 443 443 It is necessary for sched domains to be flat because load balancing 444 444 across partially overlapping sets of CPUs would risk unstable dynamics 445 445 that would be beyond our understanding. So if each of two partially 446 - overlapping cpusets enables the flag 'sched_load_balance', then we 446 + overlapping cpusets enables the flag 'cpuset.sched_load_balance', then we 447 447 form a single sched domain that is a superset of both. We won't move 448 448 a task to a CPU outside it cpuset, but the scheduler load balancing 449 449 code might waste some compute cycles considering that possibility. 450 450 451 451 This mismatch is why there is not a simple one-to-one relation 452 - between which cpusets have the flag "sched_load_balance" enabled, 452 + between which cpusets have the flag "cpuset.sched_load_balance" enabled, 453 453 and the sched domain configuration. If a cpuset enables the flag, it 454 454 will get balancing across all its CPUs, but if it disables the flag, 455 455 it will only be assured of no load balancing if no other overlapping 456 456 cpuset enables the flag. 457 457 458 - If two cpusets have partially overlapping 'cpus' allowed, and only 458 + If two cpusets have partially overlapping 'cpuset.cpus' allowed, and only 459 459 one of them has this flag enabled, then the other may find its 460 460 tasks only partially load balanced, just on the overlapping CPUs. 461 461 This is just the general case of the top_cpuset example given a few ··· 468 468 1.7.1 sched_load_balance implementation details. 469 469 ------------------------------------------------ 470 470 471 - The per-cpuset flag 'sched_load_balance' defaults to enabled (contrary 471 + The per-cpuset flag 'cpuset.sched_load_balance' defaults to enabled (contrary 472 472 to most cpuset flags.) When enabled for a cpuset, the kernel will 473 473 ensure that it can load balance across all the CPUs in that cpuset 474 474 (makes sure that all the CPUs in the cpus_allowed of that cpuset are 475 475 in the same sched domain.) 476 476 477 - If two overlapping cpusets both have 'sched_load_balance' enabled, 477 + If two overlapping cpusets both have 'cpuset.sched_load_balance' enabled, 478 478 then they will be (must be) both in the same sched domain. 479 479 480 - If, as is the default, the top cpuset has 'sched_load_balance' enabled, 480 + If, as is the default, the top cpuset has 'cpuset.sched_load_balance' enabled, 481 481 then by the above that means there is a single sched domain covering 482 482 the whole system, regardless of any other cpuset settings. 483 483 484 484 The kernel commits to user space that it will avoid load balancing 485 485 where it can. It will pick as fine a granularity partition of sched 486 486 domains as it can while still providing load balancing for any set 487 - of CPUs allowed to a cpuset having 'sched_load_balance' enabled. 487 + of CPUs allowed to a cpuset having 'cpuset.sched_load_balance' enabled. 488 488 489 489 The internal kernel cpuset to scheduler interface passes from the 490 490 cpuset code to the scheduler code a partition of the load balanced ··· 495 495 The cpuset code builds a new such partition and passes it to the 496 496 scheduler sched domain setup code, to have the sched domains rebuilt 497 497 as necessary, whenever: 498 - - the 'sched_load_balance' flag of a cpuset with non-empty CPUs changes, 498 + - the 'cpuset.sched_load_balance' flag of a cpuset with non-empty CPUs changes, 499 499 - or CPUs come or go from a cpuset with this flag enabled, 500 - - or 'sched_relax_domain_level' value of a cpuset with non-empty CPUs 500 + - or 'cpuset.sched_relax_domain_level' value of a cpuset with non-empty CPUs 501 501 and with this flag enabled changes, 502 502 - or a cpuset with non-empty CPUs and with this flag enabled is removed, 503 503 - or a cpu is offlined/onlined. ··· 542 542 on the next tick. For some applications in special situation, waiting 543 543 1 tick may be too long. 544 544 545 - The 'sched_relax_domain_level' file allows you to request changing 545 + The 'cpuset.sched_relax_domain_level' file allows you to request changing 546 546 this searching range as you like. This file takes int value which 547 547 indicates size of searching range in levels ideally as follows, 548 548 otherwise initial value -1 that indicates the cpuset has no request. ··· 559 559 can be changed using the relax_domain_level= boot parameter. 560 560 561 561 This file is per-cpuset and affect the sched domain where the cpuset 562 - belongs to. Therefore if the flag 'sched_load_balance' of a cpuset 563 - is disabled, then 'sched_relax_domain_level' have no effect since 562 + belongs to. Therefore if the flag 'cpuset.sched_load_balance' of a cpuset 563 + is disabled, then 'cpuset.sched_relax_domain_level' have no effect since 564 564 there is no sched domain belonging the cpuset. 565 565 566 566 If multiple cpusets are overlapping and hence they form a single sched ··· 607 607 memory placement, as above, the next time that the kernel attempts 608 608 to allocate a page of memory for that task. 609 609 610 - If a cpuset has its 'cpus' modified, then each task in that cpuset 610 + If a cpuset has its 'cpuset.cpus' modified, then each task in that cpuset 611 611 will have its allowed CPU placement changed immediately. Similarly, 612 - if a tasks pid is written to another cpusets 'tasks' file, then its 612 + if a tasks pid is written to another cpusets 'cpuset.tasks' file, then its 613 613 allowed CPU placement is changed immediately. If such a task had been 614 614 bound to some subset of its cpuset using the sched_setaffinity() call, 615 615 the task will be allowed to run on any CPU allowed in its new cpuset, ··· 622 622 Normally, once a page is allocated (given a physical page 623 623 of main memory) then that page stays on whatever node it 624 624 was allocated, so long as it remains allocated, even if the 625 - cpusets memory placement policy 'mems' subsequently changes. 626 - If the cpuset flag file 'memory_migrate' is set true, then when 625 + cpusets memory placement policy 'cpuset.mems' subsequently changes. 626 + If the cpuset flag file 'cpuset.memory_migrate' is set true, then when 627 627 tasks are attached to that cpuset, any pages that task had 628 628 allocated to it on nodes in its previous cpuset are migrated 629 629 to the tasks new cpuset. The relative placement of the page within ··· 631 631 For example if the page was on the second valid node of the prior cpuset 632 632 then the page will be placed on the second valid node of the new cpuset. 633 633 634 - Also if 'memory_migrate' is set true, then if that cpusets 635 - 'mems' file is modified, pages allocated to tasks in that 636 - cpuset, that were on nodes in the previous setting of 'mems', 634 + Also if 'cpuset.memory_migrate' is set true, then if that cpusets 635 + 'cpuset.mems' file is modified, pages allocated to tasks in that 636 + cpuset, that were on nodes in the previous setting of 'cpuset.mems', 637 637 will be moved to nodes in the new setting of 'mems.' 638 638 Pages that were not in the tasks prior cpuset, or in the cpusets 639 - prior 'mems' setting, will not be moved. 639 + prior 'cpuset.mems' setting, will not be moved. 640 640 641 641 There is an exception to the above. If hotplug functionality is used 642 642 to remove all the CPUs that are currently assigned to a cpuset, ··· 678 678 cd /dev/cpuset 679 679 mkdir Charlie 680 680 cd Charlie 681 - /bin/echo 2-3 > cpus 682 - /bin/echo 1 > mems 681 + /bin/echo 2-3 > cpuset.cpus 682 + /bin/echo 1 > cpuset.mems 683 683 /bin/echo $$ > tasks 684 684 sh 685 685 # The subshell 'sh' is now running in cpuset Charlie ··· 725 725 726 726 In this directory you can find several files: 727 727 # ls 728 - cpu_exclusive memory_migrate mems tasks 729 - cpus memory_pressure notify_on_release 730 - mem_exclusive memory_spread_page sched_load_balance 731 - mem_hardwall memory_spread_slab sched_relax_domain_level 728 + cpuset.cpu_exclusive cpuset.memory_spread_slab 729 + cpuset.cpus cpuset.mems 730 + cpuset.mem_exclusive cpuset.sched_load_balance 731 + cpuset.mem_hardwall cpuset.sched_relax_domain_level 732 + cpuset.memory_migrate notify_on_release 733 + cpuset.memory_pressure tasks 734 + cpuset.memory_spread_page 732 735 733 736 Reading them will give you information about the state of this cpuset: 734 737 the CPUs and Memory Nodes it can use, the processes that are using ··· 739 736 the cpuset. 740 737 741 738 Set some flags: 742 - # /bin/echo 1 > cpu_exclusive 739 + # /bin/echo 1 > cpuset.cpu_exclusive 743 740 744 741 Add some cpus: 745 - # /bin/echo 0-7 > cpus 742 + # /bin/echo 0-7 > cpuset.cpus 746 743 747 744 Add some mems: 748 - # /bin/echo 0-7 > mems 745 + # /bin/echo 0-7 > cpuset.mems 749 746 750 747 Now attach your shell to this cpuset: 751 748 # /bin/echo $$ > tasks ··· 777 774 This is the syntax to use when writing in the cpus or mems files 778 775 in cpuset directories: 779 776 780 - # /bin/echo 1-4 > cpus -> set cpus list to cpus 1,2,3,4 781 - # /bin/echo 1,2,3,4 > cpus -> set cpus list to cpus 1,2,3,4 777 + # /bin/echo 1-4 > cpuset.cpus -> set cpus list to cpus 1,2,3,4 778 + # /bin/echo 1,2,3,4 > cpuset.cpus -> set cpus list to cpus 1,2,3,4 782 779 783 780 To add a CPU to a cpuset, write the new list of CPUs including the 784 781 CPU to be added. To add 6 to the above cpuset: 785 782 786 - # /bin/echo 1-4,6 > cpus -> set cpus list to cpus 1,2,3,4,6 783 + # /bin/echo 1-4,6 > cpuset.cpus -> set cpus list to cpus 1,2,3,4,6 787 784 788 785 Similarly to remove a CPU from a cpuset, write the new list of CPUs 789 786 without the CPU to be removed. 790 787 791 788 To remove all the CPUs: 792 789 793 - # /bin/echo "" > cpus -> clear cpus list 790 + # /bin/echo "" > cpuset.cpus -> clear cpus list 794 791 795 792 2.3 Setting flags 796 793 ----------------- 797 794 798 795 The syntax is very simple: 799 796 800 - # /bin/echo 1 > cpu_exclusive -> set flag 'cpu_exclusive' 801 - # /bin/echo 0 > cpu_exclusive -> unset flag 'cpu_exclusive' 797 + # /bin/echo 1 > cpuset.cpu_exclusive -> set flag 'cpuset.cpu_exclusive' 798 + # /bin/echo 0 > cpuset.cpu_exclusive -> unset flag 'cpuset.cpu_exclusive' 802 799 803 800 2.4 Attaching processes 804 801 -----------------------
+1 -1
Documentation/console/console.txt
··· 74 74 hand, will bind the driver to the consoles that are currently occupied by a 75 75 system driver. 76 76 77 - NOTE1: Binding and binding must be selected in Kconfig. It's under: 77 + NOTE1: Binding and unbinding must be selected in Kconfig. It's under: 78 78 79 79 Device Drivers -> Character devices -> Support for binding and unbinding 80 80 console drivers
+1 -1
Documentation/driver-model/platform.txt
··· 192 192 User specified early platform devices will be registered at this point. 193 193 For the early serial console case the user can specify port on the 194 194 kernel command line as "earlyprintk=serial.0" where "earlyprintk" is 195 - the class string, "serial" is the name of the platfrom driver and 195 + the class string, "serial" is the name of the platform driver and 196 196 0 is the platform device id. If the id is -1 then the dot and the 197 197 id can be omitted. 198 198
+1 -1
Documentation/eisa.txt
··· 171 171 virtual_root.force_probe : 172 172 173 173 Force the probing code to probe EISA slots even when it cannot find an 174 - EISA compliant mainboard (nothing appears on slot 0). Defaultd to 0 174 + EISA compliant mainboard (nothing appears on slot 0). Defaults to 0 175 175 (don't force), and set to 1 (force probing) when either 176 176 CONFIG_ALPHA_JENSEN or CONFIG_EISA_VLB_PRIMING are set. 177 177
+1 -1
Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt
··· 195 195 snapshot of a moment, you can see /proc/<pid>/smaps file and scan page table. 196 196 It's slow but very precise. 197 197 198 - Table 1-2: Contents of the statm files (as of 2.6.30-rc7) 198 + Table 1-2: Contents of the status files (as of 2.6.30-rc7) 199 199 .............................................................................. 200 200 Field Content 201 201 Name filename of the executable
+1 -1
Documentation/hwmon/abituguru
··· 30 30 bank1_types=1,1,0,0,0,0,0,2,0,0,0,0,2,0,0,1 31 31 You may also need to specify the fan_sensors option for these boards 32 32 fan_sensors=5 33 - 2) There is a seperate abituguru3 driver for these motherboards, 33 + 2) There is a separate abituguru3 driver for these motherboards, 34 34 the abituguru (without the 3 !) driver will not work on these 35 35 motherboards (and visa versa)! 36 36
+1 -1
Documentation/input/rotary-encoder.txt
··· 75 75 the configuration. 76 76 77 77 Because GPIO to IRQ mapping is platform specific, this information must 78 - be given in seperately to the driver. See the example below. 78 + be given in separately to the driver. See the example below. 79 79 80 80 ---------<snip>--------- 81 81
+4
Documentation/laptops/00-INDEX
··· 2 2 - This file 3 3 acer-wmi.txt 4 4 - information on the Acer Laptop WMI Extras driver. 5 + asus-laptop.txt 6 + - information on the Asus Laptop Extras driver. 7 + disk-shock-protection.txt 8 + - information on hard disk shock protection. 5 9 dslm.c 6 10 - Simple Disk Sleep Monitor program 7 11 laptop-mode.txt
+1 -1
Documentation/networking/skfp.txt
··· 68 68 ======================= 69 69 70 70 From v2.01 on, the driver is integrated in the linux kernel sources. 71 - Therefor, the installation is the same as for any other adapter 71 + Therefore, the installation is the same as for any other adapter 72 72 supported by the kernel. 73 73 Refer to the manual of your distribution about the installation 74 74 of network adapters.
+1 -1
Documentation/networking/timestamping/timestamping.c
··· 370 370 } 371 371 372 372 sock = socket(PF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, IPPROTO_UDP); 373 - if (socket < 0) 373 + if (sock < 0) 374 374 bail("socket"); 375 375 376 376 memset(&device, 0, sizeof(device));
+6 -7
Documentation/pnp.txt
··· 57 57 # cat resources 58 58 DISABLED 59 59 60 - - Notice the string "DISABLED". THis means the device is not active. 60 + - Notice the string "DISABLED". This means the device is not active. 61 61 62 62 3.) check the device's possible configurations (optional) 63 63 # cat options ··· 139 139 140 140 Requirements for a Linux PnP protocol: 141 141 1.) the protocol must use EISA IDs 142 - 2.) the protocol must inform the PnP Layer of a devices current configuration 142 + 2.) the protocol must inform the PnP Layer of a device's current configuration 143 143 - the ability to set resources is optional but preferred. 144 144 145 145 The following are PnP protocol related functions: ··· 158 158 - automatically will free mem used by the device and related structures 159 159 160 160 pnp_add_id 161 - - adds a EISA ID to the list of supported IDs for the specified device 161 + - adds an EISA ID to the list of supported IDs for the specified device 162 162 163 163 For more information consult the source of a protocol such as 164 164 /drivers/pnp/pnpbios/core.c. ··· 167 167 168 168 Linux Plug and Play Drivers 169 169 --------------------------- 170 - This section contains information for linux PnP driver developers. 170 + This section contains information for Linux PnP driver developers. 171 171 172 172 The New Way 173 173 ........... ··· 235 235 The Old Way 236 236 ........... 237 237 238 - a series of compatibility functions have been created to make it easy to convert 239 - 238 + A series of compatibility functions have been created to make it easy to convert 240 239 ISAPNP drivers. They should serve as a temporary solution only. 241 240 242 - they are as follows: 241 + They are as follows: 243 242 244 243 struct pnp_card *pnp_find_card(unsigned short vendor, 245 244 unsigned short device,
+1 -1
Documentation/power/runtime_pm.txt
··· 256 256 to suspend the device again in future 257 257 258 258 int pm_runtime_resume(struct device *dev); 259 - - execute the subsystem-leve resume callback for the device; returns 0 on 259 + - execute the subsystem-level resume callback for the device; returns 0 on 260 260 success, 1 if the device's run-time PM status was already 'active' or 261 261 error code on failure, where -EAGAIN means it may be safe to attempt to 262 262 resume the device again in future, but 'power.runtime_error' should be
+1 -1
Documentation/s390/kvm.txt
··· 102 102 see also: include/linux/kvm.h 103 103 This ioctl stores the state of the cpu at the guest real address given as 104 104 argument, unless one of the following values defined in include/linux/kvm.h 105 - is given as arguement: 105 + is given as argument: 106 106 KVM_S390_STORE_STATUS_NOADDR - the CPU stores its status to the save area in 107 107 absolute lowcore as defined by the principles of operation 108 108 KVM_S390_STORE_STATUS_PREFIXED - the CPU stores its status to the save area in
+5 -5
Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc
··· 989 989 * Remove redundant port_cmp != 2 check in if 990 990 (!port_cmp) { .... if (port_cmp != 2).... } 991 991 * Clock changes: removed struct clk_data and timerList. 992 - * Clock changes: seperate nodev_tmo and els_retry_delay into 2 993 - seperate timers and convert to 1 argument changed 992 + * Clock changes: separate nodev_tmo and els_retry_delay into 2 993 + separate timers and convert to 1 argument changed 994 994 LPFC_NODE_FARP_PEND_t to struct lpfc_node_farp_pend convert 995 995 ipfarp_tmo to 1 argument convert target struct tmofunc and 996 996 rtplunfunc to 1 argument * cr_count, cr_delay and ··· 1514 1514 * Remove unused elxclock declaration in elx_sli.h. 1515 1515 * Since everywhere IOCB_ENTRY is used, the return value is cast, 1516 1516 move the cast into the macro. 1517 - * Split ioctls out into seperate files 1517 + * Split ioctls out into separate files 1518 1518 1519 1519 Changes from 20040326 to 20040402 1520 1520 ··· 1534 1534 * Unused variable cleanup 1535 1535 * Use Linux list macros for DMABUF_t 1536 1536 * Break up ioctls into 3 sections, dfc, util, hbaapi 1537 - rearranged code so this could be easily seperated into a 1537 + rearranged code so this could be easily separated into a 1538 1538 differnet module later All 3 are currently turned on by 1539 1539 defines in lpfc_ioctl.c LPFC_DFC_IOCTL, LPFC_UTIL_IOCTL, 1540 1540 LPFC_HBAAPI_IOCTL ··· 1551 1551 started by lpfc_online(). lpfc_offline() only stopped 1552 1552 els_timeout routine. It now stops all timeout routines 1553 1553 associated with that hba. 1554 - * Replace seperate next and prev pointers in struct 1554 + * Replace separate next and prev pointers in struct 1555 1555 lpfc_bindlist with list_head type. In elxHBA_t, replace 1556 1556 fc_nlpbind_start and _end with fc_nlpbind_list and use 1557 1557 list_head macros to access it.
+1 -1
Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt
··· 1588 1588 1589 1589 When tracing is enabled, kstop_machine is called to prevent 1590 1590 races with the CPUS executing code being modified (which can 1591 - cause the CPU to do undesireable things), and the nops are 1591 + cause the CPU to do undesirable things), and the nops are 1592 1592 patched back to calls. But this time, they do not call mcount 1593 1593 (which is just a function stub). They now call into the ftrace 1594 1594 infrastructure.
+1 -1
arch/arm/boot/bootp/init.S
··· 49 49 /* 50 50 * find the end of the tag list, and then add an INITRD tag on the end. 51 51 * If there is already an INITRD tag, then we ignore it; the last INITRD 52 - * tag takes precidence. 52 + * tag takes precedence. 53 53 */ 54 54 taglist: ldr r10, [r9, #0] @ tag length 55 55 teq r10, #0 @ last tag (zero length)?
+1 -1
arch/arm/common/clkdev.c
··· 32 32 * If an entry has a device ID, it must match 33 33 * If an entry has a connection ID, it must match 34 34 * Then we take the most specific entry - with the following 35 - * order of precidence: dev+con > dev only > con only. 35 + * order of precedence: dev+con > dev only > con only. 36 36 */ 37 37 static struct clk *clk_find(const char *dev_id, const char *con_id) 38 38 {
+1 -1
arch/arm/mach-at91/include/mach/at91_mci.h
··· 77 77 78 78 #define AT91_MCI_BLKR 0x18 /* Block Register */ 79 79 #define AT91_MCI_BLKR_BCNT(n) ((0xffff & (n)) << 0) /* Block count */ 80 - #define AT91_MCI_BLKR_BLKLEN(n) ((0xffff & (n)) << 16) /* Block lenght */ 80 + #define AT91_MCI_BLKR_BLKLEN(n) ((0xffff & (n)) << 16) /* Block length */ 81 81 82 82 #define AT91_MCI_RSPR(n) (0x20 + ((n) * 4)) /* Response Registers 0-3 */ 83 83 #define AT91_MCR_RDR 0x30 /* Receive Data Register */
+1 -1
arch/arm/mach-davinci/include/mach/i2c.h
··· 1 1 /* 2 - * DaVinci I2C controller platfrom_device info 2 + * DaVinci I2C controller platform_device info 3 3 * 4 4 * Author: Vladimir Barinov, MontaVista Software, Inc. <source@mvista.com> 5 5 *
+1 -1
arch/arm/mach-ep93xx/micro9.c
··· 28 28 * 29 29 * Micro9-High has up to 64MB of 32-bit flash on CS1 30 30 * Micro9-Mid has up to 64MB of either 32-bit or 16-bit flash on CS1 31 - * Micro9-Lite uses a seperate MTD map driver for flash support 31 + * Micro9-Lite uses a separate MTD map driver for flash support 32 32 * Micro9-Slim has up to 64MB of either 32-bit or 16-bit flash on CS1 33 33 *************************************************************************/ 34 34 static struct physmap_flash_data micro9_flash_data;
+1 -1
arch/arm/mach-nomadik/board-nhk8815.c
··· 38 38 #define SRC_CR_INIT_MASK 0x00007fff 39 39 #define SRC_CR_INIT_VAL 0x2aaa8000 40 40 41 - /* These adresses span 16MB, so use three individual pages */ 41 + /* These addresses span 16MB, so use three individual pages */ 42 42 static struct resource nhk8815_nand_resources[] = { 43 43 { 44 44 .name = "nand_addr",
arch/arm/mach-omap2/board-3630sdp.c
arch/arm/mach-omap2/board-zoom-peripherals.c
+1 -1
arch/arm/mach-s3c2410/include/mach/spi-gpio.h
··· 3 3 * Copyright (c) 2006 Simtec Electronics 4 4 * Ben Dooks <ben@simtec.co.uk> 5 5 * 6 - * S3C2410 - SPI Controller platfrom_device info 6 + * S3C2410 - SPI Controller platform_device info 7 7 * 8 8 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 9 9 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
+2 -2
arch/arm/mach-s5pc100/setup-sdhci.c
··· 28 28 char *s5pc100_hsmmc_clksrcs[4] = { 29 29 [0] = "hsmmc", 30 30 [1] = "hsmmc", 31 - /* [2] = "mmc_bus", not yet succesfuuly used yet */ 32 - /* [3] = "48m", - note not succesfully used yet */ 31 + /* [2] = "mmc_bus", not yet successfully used yet */ 32 + /* [3] = "48m", - note not successfully used yet */ 33 33 }; 34 34 35 35
+2 -2
arch/arm/mach-u300/core.c
··· 358 358 /* 359 359 * The AVE3e requires two regions of 256MB that it considers 360 360 * "invisible". The hardware will not be able to access these 361 - * adresses, so they should never point to system RAM. 361 + * addresses, so they should never point to system RAM. 362 362 */ 363 363 { 364 364 .name = "AVE3e Reserved 0", ··· 1596 1596 /* 1597 1597 * Some devices and their resources require reserved physical memory from 1598 1598 * the end of the available RAM. This function traverses the list of devices 1599 - * and assigns actual adresses to these. 1599 + * and assigns actual addresses to these. 1600 1600 */ 1601 1601 static void __init u300_assign_physmem(void) 1602 1602 {
+1 -1
arch/arm/mach-u300/include/mach/debug-macro.S
··· 11 11 #include <mach/hardware.h> 12 12 13 13 .macro addruart, rx, tmp 14 - /* If we move the adress using MMU, use this. */ 14 + /* If we move the address using MMU, use this. */ 15 15 mrc p15, 0, \rx, c1, c0 16 16 tst \rx, #1 @ MMU enabled? 17 17 ldreq \rx, = U300_SLOW_PER_PHYS_BASE @ MMU off, physical address
+1 -1
arch/arm/plat-s3c24xx/include/plat/cpu-freq-core.h
··· 135 135 * @locktime_m: The lock-time in uS for the MPLL. 136 136 * @locktime_u: The lock-time in uS for the UPLL. 137 137 * @locttime_bits: The number of bits each LOCKTIME field. 138 - * @need_pll: Set if this driver needs to change the PLL values to acheive 138 + * @need_pll: Set if this driver needs to change the PLL values to achieve 139 139 * any frequency changes. This is really only need by devices like the 140 140 * S3C2410 where there is no or limited divider between the PLL and the 141 141 * ARMCLK.
+1 -1
arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/gpio-cfg-helpers.h
··· 78 78 * others = Special functions (dependant on bank) 79 79 * 80 80 * Note, since the code to deal with the case where there are two control 81 - * registers instead of one, we do not have a seperate set of functions for 81 + * registers instead of one, we do not have a separate set of functions for 82 82 * each case. 83 83 */ 84 84 extern int s3c_gpio_setcfg_s3c64xx_4bit(struct s3c_gpio_chip *chip,
+1 -1
arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/nand.h
··· 3 3 * Copyright (c) 2004 Simtec Electronics 4 4 * Ben Dooks <ben@simtec.co.uk> 5 5 * 6 - * S3C2410 - NAND device controller platfrom_device info 6 + * S3C2410 - NAND device controller platform_device info 7 7 * 8 8 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 9 9 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
+1 -1
arch/arm/plat-samsung/include/plat/regs-usb-hsotg-phy.h
··· 12 12 * published by the Free Software Foundation. 13 13 */ 14 14 15 - /* Note, this is a seperate header file as some of the clock framework 15 + /* Note, this is a separate header file as some of the clock framework 16 16 * needs to touch this if the clk_48m is used as the USB OHCI or other 17 17 * peripheral source. 18 18 */
+2 -2
arch/blackfin/include/asm/nand.h
··· 1 1 /* 2 - * BF5XX - NAND flash controller platfrom_device info 2 + * BF5XX - NAND flash controller platform_device info 3 3 * 4 4 * Copyright 2007-2008 Analog Devices, Inc. 5 5 * ··· 8 8 9 9 /* struct bf5xx_nand_platform 10 10 * 11 - * define a interface between platfrom board specific code and 11 + * define a interface between platform board specific code and 12 12 * bf54x NFC driver. 13 13 * 14 14 * nr_partitions = number of partitions pointed to be partitoons (or zero)
+1 -1
arch/cris/arch-v10/lib/old_checksum.c
··· 77 77 sum += *buff++; 78 78 79 79 if (endMarker > buff) 80 - sum += *(const u8 *)buff; /* add extra byte seperately */ 80 + sum += *(const u8 *)buff; /* add extra byte separately */ 81 81 82 82 BITOFF; 83 83 return (__force __wsum)sum;
+1 -1
arch/cris/arch-v32/mm/tlb.c
··· 189 189 spin_unlock(&mmu_context_lock); 190 190 191 191 /* 192 - * Remember the pgd for the fault handlers. Keep a seperate 192 + * Remember the pgd for the fault handlers. Keep a separate 193 193 * copy of it because current and active_mm might be invalid 194 194 * at points where * there's still a need to derefer the pgd. 195 195 */
+1 -1
arch/h8300/include/asm/io.h
··· 25 25 * memory location directly. 26 26 */ 27 27 /* ++roman: The assignments to temp. vars avoid that gcc sometimes generates 28 - * two accesses to memory, which may be undesireable for some devices. 28 + * two accesses to memory, which may be undesirable for some devices. 29 29 */ 30 30 31 31 /*
+1 -1
arch/ia64/sn/kernel/setup.c
··· 241 241 * Note: This stuff is duped here because Altix requires the PCDP to 242 242 * locate a usable VGA device due to lack of proper ACPI support. Structures 243 243 * could be used from drivers/firmware/pcdp.h, but it was decided that moving 244 - * this file to a more public location just for Altix use was undesireable. 244 + * this file to a more public location just for Altix use was undesirable. 245 245 */ 246 246 247 247 struct hcdp_uart_desc {
+1 -1
arch/m68k/atari/atakeyb.c
··· 121 121 * bytes have been lost and in which state of the packet structure we are now. 122 122 * This usually causes keyboards bytes to be interpreted as mouse movements 123 123 * and vice versa, which is very annoying. It seems better to throw away some 124 - * bytes (that are usually mouse bytes) than to misinterpret them. Therefor I 124 + * bytes (that are usually mouse bytes) than to misinterpret them. Therefore I 125 125 * introduced the RESYNC state for IKBD data. In this state, the bytes up to 126 126 * one that really looks like a key event (0x04..0xf2) or the start of a mouse 127 127 * packet (0xf8..0xfb) are thrown away, but at most 2 bytes. This at least
+1 -1
arch/m68k/include/asm/fbio.h
··· 173 173 int mdi_ncluts; /* Number of implemented CLUTs in this MDI */ 174 174 int mdi_type; /* FBTYPE name */ 175 175 int mdi_height; /* height */ 176 - int mdi_width; /* widht */ 176 + int mdi_width; /* width */ 177 177 int mdi_size; /* available ram */ 178 178 int mdi_mode; /* 8bpp, 16bpp or 32bpp */ 179 179 int mdi_pixfreq; /* pixel clock (from PROM) */
+1 -1
arch/m68k/include/asm/io_no.h
··· 16 16 * memory location directly. 17 17 */ 18 18 /* ++roman: The assignments to temp. vars avoid that gcc sometimes generates 19 - * two accesses to memory, which may be undesireable for some devices. 19 + * two accesses to memory, which may be undesirable for some devices. 20 20 */ 21 21 22 22 /*
+1 -1
arch/powerpc/boot/dts/kmeter1.dts
··· 490 490 compatible = "cfi-flash"; 491 491 /* 492 492 * The Intel P30 chip has 2 non-identical chips on 493 - * one die, so we need to define 2 seperate regions 493 + * one die, so we need to define 2 separate regions 494 494 * that are scanned by physmap_of independantly. 495 495 */ 496 496 reg = <0 0x00000000 0x02000000
+1 -1
arch/powerpc/kernel/legacy_serial.c
··· 469 469 return -ENODEV; 470 470 471 471 /* 472 - * Before we register the platfrom serial devices, we need 472 + * Before we register the platform serial devices, we need 473 473 * to fixup their interrupts and their IO ports. 474 474 */ 475 475 DBG("Fixing serial ports interrupts and IO ports ...\n");
+1 -1
arch/powerpc/mm/init_32.c
··· 47 47 #include "mmu_decl.h" 48 48 49 49 #if defined(CONFIG_KERNEL_START_BOOL) || defined(CONFIG_LOWMEM_SIZE_BOOL) 50 - /* The ammount of lowmem must be within 0xF0000000 - KERNELBASE. */ 50 + /* The amount of lowmem must be within 0xF0000000 - KERNELBASE. */ 51 51 #if (CONFIG_LOWMEM_SIZE > (0xF0000000 - PAGE_OFFSET)) 52 52 #error "You must adjust CONFIG_LOWMEM_SIZE or CONFIG_START_KERNEL" 53 53 #endif
+1 -1
arch/s390/crypto/sha_common.c
··· 79 79 memset(ctx->buf + index, 0x00, end - index - 8); 80 80 81 81 /* 82 - * Append message length. Well, SHA-512 wants a 128 bit lenght value, 82 + * Append message length. Well, SHA-512 wants a 128 bit length value, 83 83 * nevertheless we use u64, should be enough for now... 84 84 */ 85 85 bits = ctx->count * 8;
+1 -1
arch/s390/include/asm/cio.h
··· 20 20 /** 21 21 * struct ccw1 - channel command word 22 22 * @cmd_code: command code 23 - * @flags: flags, like IDA adressing, etc. 23 + * @flags: flags, like IDA addressing, etc. 24 24 * @count: byte count 25 25 * @cda: data address 26 26 *
+1 -1
arch/s390/kernel/sclp.S
··· 235 235 lh %r9,0(%r8) # update sccb length 236 236 ar %r9,%r6 237 237 sth %r9,0(%r8) 238 - ar %r7,%r6 # update current mto adress 238 + ar %r7,%r6 # update current mto address 239 239 ltr %r0,%r0 # more characters? 240 240 jnz .LinitmtoS4 241 241 l %r2,.LwritedataS4-.LbaseS4(%r13)# write data
+1 -1
arch/sh/kernel/cpu/clock.c
··· 404 404 * If an entry has a device ID, it must match 405 405 * If an entry has a connection ID, it must match 406 406 * Then we take the most specific entry - with the following 407 - * order of precidence: dev+con > dev only > con only. 407 + * order of precedence: dev+con > dev only > con only. 408 408 */ 409 409 static struct clk *clk_find(const char *dev_id, const char *con_id) 410 410 {
+1 -1
arch/sparc/include/asm/fbio.h
··· 173 173 int mdi_ncluts; /* Number of implemented CLUTs in this MDI */ 174 174 int mdi_type; /* FBTYPE name */ 175 175 int mdi_height; /* height */ 176 - int mdi_width; /* widht */ 176 + int mdi_width; /* width */ 177 177 int mdi_size; /* available ram */ 178 178 int mdi_mode; /* 8bpp, 16bpp or 32bpp */ 179 179 int mdi_pixfreq; /* pixel clock (from PROM) */
+1 -1
arch/sparc/kernel/perf_event.c
··· 1353 1353 } 1354 1354 1355 1355 /* Like powerpc we can't get PMU interrupts within the PMU handler, 1356 - * so no need for seperate NMI and IRQ chains as on x86. 1356 + * so no need for separate NMI and IRQ chains as on x86. 1357 1357 */ 1358 1358 static DEFINE_PER_CPU(struct perf_callchain_entry, callchain); 1359 1359
+5 -5
arch/x86/crypto/twofish-i586-asm_32.S
··· 22 22 23 23 #include <asm/asm-offsets.h> 24 24 25 - /* return adress at 0 */ 25 + /* return address at 0 */ 26 26 27 27 #define in_blk 12 /* input byte array address parameter*/ 28 28 #define out_blk 8 /* output byte array address parameter*/ ··· 230 230 push %edi 231 231 232 232 mov tfm + 16(%esp), %ebp /* abuse the base pointer: set new base bointer to the crypto tfm */ 233 - add $crypto_tfm_ctx_offset, %ebp /* ctx adress */ 234 - mov in_blk+16(%esp),%edi /* input adress in edi */ 233 + add $crypto_tfm_ctx_offset, %ebp /* ctx address */ 234 + mov in_blk+16(%esp),%edi /* input address in edi */ 235 235 236 236 mov (%edi), %eax 237 237 mov b_offset(%edi), %ebx ··· 286 286 287 287 288 288 mov tfm + 16(%esp), %ebp /* abuse the base pointer: set new base bointer to the crypto tfm */ 289 - add $crypto_tfm_ctx_offset, %ebp /* ctx adress */ 290 - mov in_blk+16(%esp),%edi /* input adress in edi */ 289 + add $crypto_tfm_ctx_offset, %ebp /* ctx address */ 290 + mov in_blk+16(%esp),%edi /* input address in edi */ 291 291 292 292 mov (%edi), %eax 293 293 mov b_offset(%edi), %ebx
+10 -10
arch/x86/crypto/twofish-x86_64-asm_64.S
··· 221 221 twofish_enc_blk: 222 222 pushq R1 223 223 224 - /* %rdi contains the crypto tfm adress */ 225 - /* %rsi contains the output adress */ 226 - /* %rdx contains the input adress */ 227 - add $crypto_tfm_ctx_offset, %rdi /* set ctx adress */ 228 - /* ctx adress is moved to free one non-rex register 224 + /* %rdi contains the crypto tfm address */ 225 + /* %rsi contains the output address */ 226 + /* %rdx contains the input address */ 227 + add $crypto_tfm_ctx_offset, %rdi /* set ctx address */ 228 + /* ctx address is moved to free one non-rex register 229 229 as target for the 8bit high operations */ 230 230 mov %rdi, %r11 231 231 ··· 274 274 twofish_dec_blk: 275 275 pushq R1 276 276 277 - /* %rdi contains the crypto tfm adress */ 278 - /* %rsi contains the output adress */ 279 - /* %rdx contains the input adress */ 280 - add $crypto_tfm_ctx_offset, %rdi /* set ctx adress */ 281 - /* ctx adress is moved to free one non-rex register 277 + /* %rdi contains the crypto tfm address */ 278 + /* %rsi contains the output address */ 279 + /* %rdx contains the input address */ 280 + add $crypto_tfm_ctx_offset, %rdi /* set ctx address */ 281 + /* ctx address is moved to free one non-rex register 282 282 as target for the 8bit high operations */ 283 283 mov %rdi, %r11 284 284
+1 -1
arch/x86/kernel/apic/apic_flat_64.c
··· 223 223 }; 224 224 225 225 /* 226 - * Physflat mode is used when there are more than 8 CPUs on a AMD system. 226 + * Physflat mode is used when there are more than 8 CPUs on a system. 227 227 * We cannot use logical delivery in this case because the mask 228 228 * overflows, so use physical mode. 229 229 */
+1 -1
arch/x86/kernel/head_64.S
··· 27 27 #define GET_CR2_INTO_RCX movq %cr2, %rcx 28 28 #endif 29 29 30 - /* we are not able to switch in one step to the final KERNEL ADRESS SPACE 30 + /* we are not able to switch in one step to the final KERNEL ADDRESS SPACE 31 31 * because we need identity-mapped pages. 32 32 * 33 33 */
+1 -1
arch/x86/kernel/pci-calgary_64.c
··· 1309 1309 /* 1310 1310 * get_tce_space_from_tar(): 1311 1311 * Function for kdump case. Get the tce tables from first kernel 1312 - * by reading the contents of the base adress register of calgary iommu 1312 + * by reading the contents of the base address register of calgary iommu 1313 1313 */ 1314 1314 static void __init get_tce_space_from_tar(void) 1315 1315 {
+1 -1
arch/x86/kernel/pci-dma.c
··· 38 38 * This variable becomes 1 if iommu=pt is passed on the kernel command line. 39 39 * If this variable is 1, IOMMU implementations do no DMA translation for 40 40 * devices and allow every device to access to whole physical memory. This is 41 - * useful if a user want to use an IOMMU only for KVM device assignment to 41 + * useful if a user wants to use an IOMMU only for KVM device assignment to 42 42 * guests and not for driver dma translation. 43 43 */ 44 44 int iommu_pass_through __read_mostly;
+1 -1
arch/x86/kernel/ptrace.c
··· 581 581 struct perf_event_attr attr; 582 582 583 583 /* 584 - * We shoud have at least an inactive breakpoint at this 584 + * We should have at least an inactive breakpoint at this 585 585 * slot. It means the user is writing dr7 without having 586 586 * written the address register first 587 587 */
+1 -1
arch/x86/kernel/tsc.c
··· 50 50 * unstable. We do this because unlike Time Of Day, 51 51 * the scheduler clock tolerates small errors and it's 52 52 * very important for it to be as fast as the platform 53 - * can achive it. ) 53 + * can achieve it. ) 54 54 */ 55 55 if (unlikely(tsc_disabled)) { 56 56 /* No locking but a rare wrong value is not a big deal: */
+1 -1
arch/x86/kernel/vmiclock_32.c
··· 167 167 { 168 168 /* Unfortunately, set_next_event interface only passes relative 169 169 * expiry, but we want absolute expiry. It'd be better if were 170 - * were passed an aboslute expiry, since a bunch of time may 170 + * were passed an absolute expiry, since a bunch of time may 171 171 * have been stolen between the time the delta is computed and 172 172 * when we set the alarm below. */ 173 173 cycle_t now = vmi_timer_ops.get_cycle_counter(vmi_counter(VMI_ONESHOT));
+1 -1
arch/x86/xen/smp.c
··· 361 361 alternatives_smp_switch(0); 362 362 } 363 363 364 - static void __cpuinit xen_play_dead(void) /* used only with CPU_HOTPLUG */ 364 + static void __cpuinit xen_play_dead(void) /* used only with HOTPLUG_CPU */ 365 365 { 366 366 play_dead_common(); 367 367 HYPERVISOR_vcpu_op(VCPUOP_down, smp_processor_id(), NULL);
+2 -2
arch/xtensa/kernel/entry.S
··· 104 104 * excsave has been restored, and 105 105 * stack pointer (a1) has been set. 106 106 * 107 - * Note: _user_exception might be at an odd adress. Don't use call0..call12 107 + * Note: _user_exception might be at an odd address. Don't use call0..call12 108 108 */ 109 109 110 110 ENTRY(user_exception) ··· 244 244 * excsave has been restored, and 245 245 * stack pointer (a1) has been set. 246 246 * 247 - * Note: _kernel_exception might be at an odd adress. Don't use call0..call12 247 + * Note: _kernel_exception might be at an odd address. Don't use call0..call12 248 248 */ 249 249 250 250 ENTRY(kernel_exception)
+1 -1
block/bsg.c
··· 260 260 return ERR_PTR(ret); 261 261 262 262 /* 263 - * map scatter-gather elements seperately and string them to request 263 + * map scatter-gather elements separately and string them to request 264 264 */ 265 265 rq = blk_get_request(q, rw, GFP_KERNEL); 266 266 if (!rq)
+2 -2
crypto/Kconfig
··· 826 826 help 827 827 This option enables the generic pseudo random number generator 828 828 for cryptographic modules. Uses the Algorithm specified in 829 - ANSI X9.31 A.2.4. Not this option must be enabled if CRYPTO_FIPS 830 - is selected 829 + ANSI X9.31 A.2.4. Note that this option must be enabled if 830 + CRYPTO_FIPS is selected 831 831 832 832 source "drivers/crypto/Kconfig" 833 833
+1 -1
drivers/acpi/dock.c
··· 605 605 list_for_each_entry(dock_station, &dock_stations, sibling) { 606 606 /* 607 607 * An ATA bay can be in a dock and itself can be ejected 608 - * seperately, so there are two 'dock stations' which need the 608 + * separately, so there are two 'dock stations' which need the 609 609 * ops 610 610 */ 611 611 dd = find_dock_dependent_device(dock_station, handle);
+1 -1
drivers/acpi/proc.c
··· 435 435 found_dev->wakeup.gpe_device)) { 436 436 printk(KERN_WARNING 437 437 "ACPI: '%s' and '%s' have the same GPE, " 438 - "can't disable/enable one seperately\n", 438 + "can't disable/enable one separately\n", 439 439 dev->pnp.bus_id, found_dev->pnp.bus_id); 440 440 dev->wakeup.state.enabled = 441 441 found_dev->wakeup.state.enabled;
+1 -1
drivers/ata/libata-core.c
··· 2232 2232 * Some drives were very specific about that exact sequence. 2233 2233 * 2234 2234 * Note that ATA4 says lba is mandatory so the second check 2235 - * shoud never trigger. 2235 + * should never trigger. 2236 2236 */ 2237 2237 if (ata_id_major_version(id) < 4 || !ata_id_has_lba(id)) { 2238 2238 err_mask = ata_dev_init_params(dev, id[3], id[6]);
+1 -1
drivers/ata/libata-sff.c
··· 2287 2287 * @qc: command 2288 2288 * 2289 2289 * Drain the FIFO and device of any stuck data following a command 2290 - * failing to complete. In some cases this is neccessary before a 2290 + * failing to complete. In some cases this is necessary before a 2291 2291 * reset will recover the device. 2292 2292 * 2293 2293 */
+1 -1
drivers/ata/pata_acpi.c
··· 161 161 * 162 162 * Called when the libata layer is about to issue a command. We wrap 163 163 * this interface so that we can load the correct ATA timings if 164 - * neccessary. 164 + * necessary. 165 165 */ 166 166 167 167 static unsigned int pacpi_qc_issue(struct ata_queued_cmd *qc)
+1 -1
drivers/ata/pata_hpt3x3.c
··· 180 180 * @id: Entry in match table 181 181 * 182 182 * Perform basic initialisation. We set the device up so we access all 183 - * ports via BAR4. This is neccessary to work around errata. 183 + * ports via BAR4. This is necessary to work around errata. 184 184 */ 185 185 186 186 static int hpt3x3_init_one(struct pci_dev *pdev, const struct pci_device_id *id)
+1 -1
drivers/ata/pata_pcmcia.c
··· 131 131 * @qc: command 132 132 * 133 133 * Drain the FIFO and device of any stuck data following a command 134 - * failing to complete. In some cases this is neccessary before a 134 + * failing to complete. In some cases this is necessary before a 135 135 * reset will recover the device. 136 136 * 137 137 */
+2 -2
drivers/block/drbd/drbd_int.h
··· 95 95 96 96 /* All EEs on the free list should have ID_VACANT (== 0) 97 97 * freshly allocated EEs get !ID_VACANT (== 1) 98 - * so if it says "cannot dereference null pointer at adress 0x00000001", 98 + * so if it says "cannot dereference null pointer at address 0x00000001", 99 99 * it is most likely one of these :( */ 100 100 101 101 #define ID_IN_SYNC (4711ULL) ··· 1171 1171 /* Meta data layout 1172 1172 We reserve a 128MB Block (4k aligned) 1173 1173 * either at the end of the backing device 1174 - * or on a seperate meta data device. */ 1174 + * or on a separate meta data device. */ 1175 1175 1176 1176 #define MD_RESERVED_SECT (128LU << 11) /* 128 MB, unit sectors */ 1177 1177 /* The following numbers are sectors */
+1 -1
drivers/block/drbd/drbd_req.h
··· 57 57 * 58 58 * It may me handed over to the local disk subsystem. 59 59 * It may be completed by the local disk subsystem, 60 - * either sucessfully or with io-error. 60 + * either successfully or with io-error. 61 61 * In case it is a READ request, and it failed locally, 62 62 * it may be retried remotely. 63 63 *
-775
drivers/char/ChangeLog
··· 1 - 2001-08-11 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 2 - 3 - * serial.c (get_pci_port): Deal with awkward Titan cards. 4 - 5 - 1998-08-26 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 6 - 7 - * serial.c (rs_open): Correctly decrement the module in-use count 8 - on errors. 9 - 10 - Thu Feb 19 14:24:08 1998 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 11 - 12 - * tty_io.c (tty_name): Remove the non-reentrant (and non-SMP safe) 13 - version of tty_name, and rename the reentrant _tty_name 14 - function to be tty_name. 15 - (tty_open): Add a warning message stating callout devices 16 - are deprecated. 17 - 18 - Mon Dec 1 08:24:15 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 19 - 20 - * tty_io.c (tty_get_baud_rate): Print a warning syslog if the 21 - tty->alt_speed kludge is used; this means the system is 22 - using the deprecated SPD_HI ioctls. 23 - 24 - Mon Nov 24 10:37:49 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 25 - 26 - * serial.c, esp.c, rocket.c: Change drivers to take advantage of 27 - tty_get_baud_rate(). 28 - 29 - * tty_io.c (tty_get_baud_rate): New function which computes the 30 - correct baud rate for the tty. More factoring out of 31 - common code out of the serial driver to the high-level tty 32 - functions.... 33 - 34 - Sat Nov 22 07:53:36 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 35 - 36 - * serial.c, esp.c, rocket.c: Add tty->driver.break() routine, and 37 - allow high-level tty code to handle the break and soft 38 - carrier ioctls. 39 - 40 - * tty_ioctl.c (n_tty_ioctl): Support TIOCGSOFTCAR and 41 - TIOCSSOFTCAR, so that device drivers don't have to support 42 - it. 43 - 44 - * serial.c (autoconfig): Change 16750 test to hopefully eliminate 45 - false results by people with strange 16550As being 46 - detected as 16750s. Hopefully 16750s will still be 47 - detected as 16750, and other weird UARTs won't get poorly 48 - autodetected. If this doesn't work, I'll have to disable 49 - the auto identification for the 16750. 50 - 51 - * tty_io.c (tty_hangup): Now actually do the tty hangup 52 - processing during the timer processing, and disable 53 - interrupts while doing the hangup processing. This avoids 54 - several nasty race conditions which happened when the 55 - hangup processing was done asynchronously. 56 - (tty_ioctl): Do break handling in the tty driver if 57 - driver's break function is supported. 58 - (tty_flip_buffer_push): New exported function which should 59 - be used by drivers to push characters in the flip buffer 60 - to the tty handler. This may either be done using a task 61 - queue function for better CPU efficiency, or directly for 62 - low latency operation. 63 - 64 - * serial.c (rs_set_termios): Fix bug rs_set_termios when 65 - transitioning away from B0, submitted by Stanislav 66 - Voronyi. 67 - 68 - Thu Jun 19 20:05:58 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 69 - 70 - * serial.c (begin_break, end_break, rs_ioctl): Applied patch 71 - to support BSD ioctls to set and clear the break 72 - condition explicitly. 73 - 74 - * console.c (scrup, scrdown, insert_line, delete_line): Applied 75 - fix suggested by Aaron Tiensivu to speed up block scrolls 76 - up and down. 77 - 78 - * n_tty.c (opost_block, write_chan): Added a modified "fast 79 - console" patch which processes a block of text via 80 - "cooking" efficiently. 81 - 82 - Wed Jun 18 15:25:50 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 83 - 84 - * tty_io.c (init_dev, release_dev): Applied fix suggested by Bill 85 - Hawes to prevent race conditions in the tty code. 86 - 87 - * n_tty.c (n_tty_chars_in_buffer): Applied fix suggested by Bill 88 - Hawes so that n_tty_chars_in_buffer returns the correct 89 - value in the case when the tty is in cannonical mode. (To 90 - avoid a pty deadlock with telnetd.) 91 - 92 - Thu Feb 27 01:53:08 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 93 - 94 - * serial.c (change_speed): Add support for the termios flag 95 - CMSPAR, which allows the user to select stick parity. 96 - (i.e, if PARODD is set, the parity bit is always 1; if 97 - PARRODD is not set, then the parity bit is always 0). 98 - 99 - Wed Feb 26 19:03:10 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 100 - 101 - * serial.c (cleanup_module): Fix memory leak when using the serial 102 - driver as a module; make sure tmp_buf gets freed! 103 - 104 - Tue Feb 25 11:01:59 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 105 - 106 - * serial.c (set_modem_info): Add support for setting and clearing 107 - the OUT1 and OUT2 bits. (For special case UART's, usually 108 - for half-duplex.) 109 - (autoconfig, change_speed): Fix TI 16750 support. 110 - 111 - Sun Feb 16 00:14:43 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 112 - 113 - * tty_io.c (release_dev): Add sanity check to make sure there are 114 - no waiters on tty->read_wait or tty->write_wait. 115 - 116 - * serial.c (rs_init): Don't autoconfig a device if the I/O region 117 - is already reserved. 118 - 119 - * serial.c (serial_proc_info): Add support for /proc/serial. 120 - 121 - Thu Feb 13 00:49:10 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 122 - 123 - * serial.c (receive_chars): When the UART repotrs an overrun 124 - condition, it does so with a valid character. Changed to 125 - not throw away the valid character, but instead report the 126 - overrun after the valid character. 127 - 128 - * serial.c: Added new #ifdef's for some of the advanced serial 129 - driver features. A minimal driver that only supports COM 130 - 1/2/3/4 without sharing serial interrupts only takes 17k; 131 - the full driver takes 32k. 132 - 133 - Wed Feb 12 14:50:44 1997 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 134 - 135 - * vt.c: 136 - * pty.c: 137 - * tty_ioctl.c: 138 - * serial.c: Update routines to use the new 2.1 memory access 139 - routines. 140 - 141 - Wed Dec 4 07:51:52 1996 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@localhost.mit.edu> 142 - 143 - * serial.c (change_speed): Use save_flags(); cli() and 144 - restore_flags() in order to ensure we don't accidentally 145 - turn on interrupts when starting up the port. 146 - (startup): Move the insertion of serial structure into the 147 - IRQ chain earlier into the startup processing. Interrupts 148 - should be off this whole time, but we eventually will want 149 - to reduce this window. 150 - 151 - Thu Nov 21 10:05:22 1996 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@localhost.mit.edu> 152 - 153 - * tty_ioctl.c (tty_wait_until_sent): Always check the driver 154 - wait_until_ready routine, even if there are no characters 155 - in the xmit buffer. (There may be charactes in the device 156 - FIFO.) 157 - (n_tty_ioctl): Add new flag tty->flow_stopped which 158 - indicates whether the tty is stopped due to a request by 159 - the TCXONC ioctl (used by tcflow). If so, don't let an 160 - incoming XOFF character restart the tty. The tty can only 161 - be restarted by another TCXONC request. 162 - 163 - * tty_io.c (start_tty): Don't allow the tty to be restarted if 164 - tty->flow_stopped is true. 165 - 166 - * n_tty.c (n_tty_receive_char): If tty->flow_stopped is true, and 167 - IXANY is set, don't eat a character trying to restart the 168 - tty. 169 - 170 - * serial.c (startup): Remove need for MCR_noint from the 171 - async_struct structure. Only turn on DTR and RTS if the 172 - baud rate is not zero. 173 - (change_speed): More accurately calculate the timeout 174 - value based on the word size. Move responsibility of 175 - hangup when speed becomes B0 to rs_set_termios() 176 - (set_serial_info): When changing the UART type set the 177 - current xmit_fifo_size as well as the permanent 178 - xmit_fifo_size. 179 - (rs_ioctl): Fix TCSBRK (used by tcdrain) and TCSBRKP 180 - ioctls to return EINTR if interrupted by a signal. 181 - (rs_set_termios): If the baud rate changes to or from B0, 182 - this function is now responsible for setting or clearing 183 - DTR and RTS. DTR and RTS are only be changed on the 184 - transition to or from the B0 state. 185 - (rs_close): Wait for the characters to drain based on 186 - info->timeout. At low baud rates (50 bps), it may take a 187 - long time for the FIFO to completely drain out! 188 - (rs_wait_until_sent): Fixed timeout handling. Now 189 - releases control to the scheduler, but checks frequently 190 - enough so that the function is sensitive enough to pass 191 - the timing requirements of the NIST-PCTS. 192 - (block_til_ready): When opening the device, don't turn on 193 - DTR and RTS if the baud rate is B0. 194 - 195 - Thu Nov 14 00:06:09 1996 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 196 - 197 - * serial.c (autoconfig): Fix autoconfiguration problems; 198 - info->flags wasn't getting initialized from the state 199 - structure. Put in more paranoid test for the 16750. 200 - 201 - Fri Nov 8 20:19:50 1996 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 202 - 203 - * n_tty.c (n_tty_flush_buffer): Only call driver->unthrottle() if 204 - the tty was previous throttled. 205 - (n_tty_set_termios, write_chan): Add changes suggested by 206 - Simon P. Allen to allow hardware cooking. 207 - 208 - * tty_ioctl.c (set_termios): If we get a signal while waiting for 209 - the tty to drain, return -EINTR. 210 - 211 - * serial.c (change_speed): Add support for CREAD, as required by 212 - POSIX. 213 - 214 - Sat Nov 2 20:43:10 1996 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 215 - 216 - * serial.c: Wholesale changes. Added support for the Startech 217 - 16650 and 16650V2 chips. (WARNING: the new startech 218 - 16650A may or may not work!) Added support for the 219 - TI16750 (not yet tested). Split async_struct into a 220 - transient part (async_struct) and a permanent part 221 - (serial_state) which contains the configuration 222 - information for the ports. Added new driver routines 223 - wait_until_sent() and send_xchar() to help with POSIX 224 - compliance. Added support for radio clocks which waggle 225 - the carrier detect line (CONFIG_HARD_PPS). 226 - 227 - * tty_ioctl.c (tty_wait_until_sent): Added call to new driver 228 - function tty->driver.wait_until_sent(), which returns when 229 - the tty's device xmit buffers are drained. Needed for 230 - full POSIX compliance. 231 - 232 - (send_prio_char): New function, called by the ioctl's 233 - TCIOFF and TCION; uses the new driver call send_xchar(), 234 - which will send the XON or XOFF character at high priority 235 - (and even if tty output is stopped). 236 - 237 - Wed Jun 5 18:52:04 1996 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 238 - 239 - * pty.c (pty_close): When closing a pty, make sure packet mode is 240 - cleared. 241 - 242 - Sun May 26 09:33:52 1996 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 243 - 244 - * vesa_blank.c (set_vesa_blanking): Add missing verify_area() call. 245 - 246 - * selection.c (set_selection): Add missing verify_area() call. 247 - 248 - * tty_io.c (tty_ioctl): Add missing verify_area() calls. 249 - 250 - * serial.c (rs_ioctl): Add missing verify_area() calls. 251 - (rs_init): Allow initialization of serial driver 252 - configuration from a module. 253 - 254 - * random.c (extract_entropy): Add missing verify_area call. 255 - Don't limit number of characters returned to 256 - 32,768. Extract entropy is now no longer a inlined 257 - function. 258 - 259 - (random_read): Check return value in case extract_entropy 260 - returns an error. 261 - 262 - (secure_tcp_sequence_number): New function which returns a 263 - secure TCP sequence number. This is needed to prevent some 264 - nasty TCP hijacking attacks. 265 - 266 - (init_std_data): Initialize using gettimeofday() instead of 267 - struct timeval xtime. 268 - 269 - (fast_add_entropy_word, add_entropy_word): Rename the 270 - inline function add_entropy_word() to 271 - fast_add_entropy_word(). Make add_entropy_word() be the 272 - non-inlined function which is used in non-timing critical 273 - places, in order to save space. 274 - 275 - (initialize_benchmark, begin_benchmark, end_benchmark): New 276 - functions defined when RANDOM_BENCHMARK is defined. They 277 - allow us to benchmark the speed of the 278 - add_timer_randomness() call. 279 - 280 - (int_ln, rotate_left): Add two new inline functions with 281 - i386 optimized asm instructions. This speeds up the 282 - critical add_entropy_word() and add_timer_randomness() 283 - functions, which are called from interrupt handlers. 284 - 285 - Tue May 7 22:51:11 1996 <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 286 - 287 - * random.c (add_timer_randomness): Limit the amount randomness 288 - that we estimate to 12 bits. (An arbitrary amount). 289 - 290 - (extract_entropy): To make it harder to analyze the hash 291 - function, fold the hash function in half using XOR, and 292 - use the folded result as the value to emit to the user. 293 - Also, add timer randomness each pass through the 294 - exact_entropy call, to increase the amount of unknown 295 - values during the extraction process. 296 - 297 - (random_ioctl): Use IOR/IOW definitions to define the 298 - ioctl values used by the /dev/random driver. Allow the 299 - old ioctl values to be used for backwards compatibility 300 - (for a limited amount of time). 301 - 302 - Wed Apr 24 14:02:04 1996 Theodore Ts'o <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 303 - 304 - * random.c (add_timer_randomness): Use 2nd derivative as well to 305 - better estimate entropy. 306 - 307 - (rand_initialize): Explicitly initialize all the pointers 308 - to NULL. (Clearing pointers using memset isn't portable.) 309 - Initialize the random pool with OS-dependent data. 310 - 311 - (random_write): Add sanity checking to the arguments to 312 - random_write(), so that bad arguments won't cause a kernel 313 - SEGV. 314 - 315 - (random_read): Update the access time of the device inode 316 - when you return data to the user. 317 - 318 - (random_ioctl): Wake up the random_wait channel when there 319 - are only WAIT_INPUT_BITS available. Add more paranoia 320 - checks to make sure entropy_count doesn't go beyond the 321 - bounds of (0, POOLSIZE). Add a few missing verify_area 322 - checks. Add support for the RNDCLEARPOOL ioctl, which 323 - zaps the random pool. 324 - 325 - (add_timer_randomness): Wake up the random_wait 326 - channel only when there are WAIT_INPUT_BITS available. 327 - 328 - (random_select): Allow a random refresh daemon process to 329 - select on /dev/random for writing; wake up the daemon when 330 - there are less than WAIT_OUTPUT_BITS bits of randomness 331 - available. 332 - 333 - Tue Apr 23 22:56:07 1996 <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 334 - 335 - * tty_io.c (init_dev): Change return code when user attempts to 336 - open master pty which is already open from EAGAIN to EIO, 337 - to match with BSD expectations. EIO is more correct 338 - anyway, since EAGAIN implies that retrying will be 339 - successful --- which it might be.... Eventually!! 340 - 341 - * pty.c (pty_open, pty_close): Fix wait loop so that we don't 342 - busy loop while waiting for the master side to open. 343 - Fix tty opening/closing logic. TTY_SLAVE_CLOSED was 344 - renamed to TTY_OTHER_CLOSED, so that the name is more 345 - descriptive. Also fixed code so that the tty flag 346 - actually works correctly now.... 347 - 348 - Mon Apr 1 10:22:01 1996 <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 349 - 350 - * serial.c (rs_close): Cleaned up modularization changes. 351 - Remove code which forced line discipline back to N_TTY 352 - this is done in the tty upper layers, and there's no 353 - reason to do it here. (Making this change also 354 - removed the requirement that the serial module access 355 - the internal kernel symbol "ldiscs".) 356 - 357 - * tty_io.c (tty_init): Formally register a tty_driver entry for 358 - /dev/tty (device 4, 0) and /dev/console (device 5, 0). 359 - This guarantees that major device numbers 4 and 5 will be 360 - reserved for the tty subsystem (as they have to be because 361 - of /dev/tty and /dev/console). Removed tty_regdev, as 362 - this interface is no longer necessary. 363 - 364 - Sun Mar 17 20:42:47 GMT 1996 <ah@doc.ic.ac.uk> 365 - 366 - * serial.c : modularisation (changes in linux/fs/device.c allow 367 - kerneld to automatically load the serial module). 368 - 369 - * Makefile, Config.in : serial modularisation adds. 370 - 371 - * tty_io.c : tty_init_ctty used by to register "cua" driver just 372 - for the /dev/tty device (5,0). Added tty_regdev. 373 - 374 - * serial.c (shutdown, rs_ioctl) : when port shuts down wakeup processes 375 - waiting on delta_msr_wait. The TIOCMIWAIT ioctl returns EIO 376 - if no change was done since the time of call. 377 - 378 - Sat Mar 16 14:33:13 1996 <aeb@cwi.nl> 379 - 380 - * tty_io.c (disassociate_ctty): If disassociate_ctty is called by 381 - exit, do not perform an implicit vhangup on a pty. 382 - 383 - Fri Feb 9 14:15:47 1996 <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 384 - 385 - * serial.c (block_til_ready): Fixed another race condition which 386 - happens if a hangup happens during the open. 387 - 388 - Wed Jan 10 10:08:00 1996 <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 389 - 390 - * serial.c (block_til_ready): Remove race condition which happened 391 - if a hangup condition happened during the setup of the 392 - UART, before rs_open() called block_til_ready(). This 393 - caused the info->count counter to be erroneously 394 - decremented. 395 - 396 - * serial.c (startup, rs_open): Remove race condition that could 397 - cause a memory leak of one page. (Fortunately, both race 398 - conditions were relatively rare in practice.) 399 - 400 - Tue Dec 5 13:21:27 1995 <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 401 - 402 - * serial.c (check_modem_status, rs_ioctl): Support the new 403 - ioctl()'s TIOCGICOUNT, TIOCMIWAIT. These allow an 404 - application program to wait on a modem serial register 405 - status bit change, and to find out how many changes have 406 - taken place for the MSR bits. 407 - 408 - (rs_write): Eliminate a race condition which is introduced 409 - if it is necessary to wait for the semaphore. 410 - 411 - Sat Nov 4 17:14:45 1995 <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 412 - 413 - * tty_io.c (tty_init): Move registration of TTY_MAJOR and 414 - TTY_AUX_MAJOR to the end, so that /proc/devices looks 415 - prettier. 416 - 417 - * pty.c (pty_init): Use new major numbers for PTY master and slave 418 - devices. This allow us to have more than 64 pty's. We 419 - register the old pty devices for backwards compatibility. 420 - Note that a system should either be using the old pty 421 - devices or the new pty devices --- in general, it should 422 - try to use both, since they map into the same pty table. 423 - The old pty devices are strictly for backwards compatibility. 424 - 425 - Wed Oct 11 12:45:24 1995 <tytso@rsts-11.mit.edu> 426 - 427 - * tty_io.c (disassociate_ctty): If disassociate_ctty is called by 428 - exit, perform an implicit vhangup on the tty. 429 - 430 - * pty.c (pty_close): When the master pty is closed, send a hangup 431 - to the slave pty. 432 - (pty_open): Use the flag TTY_SLAVE_CLOSED to test to see 433 - if there are any open slave ptys, instead of using 434 - tty->link->count. The old method got confused if there 435 - were processes that had hung-up file descriptors on the 436 - slave tty. 437 - 438 - Tue May 2 00:53:25 1995 <tytso@rsx-11.mit.edu> 439 - 440 - * tty_io.c (tty_set_ldisc): Wait until the output buffer is 441 - drained before closing the old line discipline --- needed 442 - in only one case: XON/XOFF processing. 443 - 444 - * n_tty.c (n_tty_close): Don't bother waiting until the output 445 - driver is closed; in general, the line discipline 446 - shouldn't care if the hardware is finished 447 - transmitting before the line discipline terminates. 448 - 449 - * tty_io.c (release_dev): Shutdown the line discipline after 450 - decrementing the tty count variable; but set the 451 - TTY_CLOSING flag so that we know that this tty structure 452 - isn't long for this world. 453 - 454 - * tty_io.c (init_dev): Add sanity code to check to see if 455 - TTY_CLOSING is set on a tty structure; if so, something 456 - bad has happened (probably a line discipline close blocked 457 - when it shouldn't have; so do a kernel printk and then 458 - return an error). 459 - 460 - Wed Apr 26 10:23:44 1995 Theodore Y. Ts'o <tytso@localhost> 461 - 462 - * tty_io.c (release_dev): Try to shutdown the line discipline 463 - *before* decrementing the tty count variable; this removes 464 - a potential race condition which occurs when the line 465 - discipline close blocks, and another process then tries 466 - open the same serial port. 467 - 468 - * serial.c (rs_hangup): When hanging up, flush the output buffer 469 - before shutting down the UART. Otherwise the line 470 - discipline close blocks waiting for the characters to get 471 - flushed, which never happens until the serial port gets reused. 472 - 473 - Wed Apr 12 08:06:16 1995 Theodore Y. Ts'o <tytso@localhost> 474 - 475 - * serial.c (do_serial_hangup, do_softint, check_modem_status, 476 - rs_init): Hangups are now scheduled via a separate tqueue 477 - structure in the async_struct structure, tqueue_hangup. 478 - This task is pushed on to the tq_schedule queue, so that 479 - it is processed synchronously by the scheduler. 480 - 481 - Sat Feb 18 12:13:51 1995 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 482 - 483 - * tty_io.c (disassociate_ctty, tty_open, tty_ioctl): Clear 484 - current->tty_old_pgrp field when a session leader 485 - acquires a controlling tty, and after a session leader 486 - has disassociated from a controlling tty. 487 - 488 - Fri Feb 17 09:34:09 1995 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 489 - 490 - * serial.c (rs_interrupt_single, rs_interrupt, rs_interrupt_multi): 491 - Change the number of passes made from 64 to be 256, 492 - configurable with the #define RS_ISR_PASS_LIMIT. 493 - 494 - * serial.c (rs_init, set_serial_info, get_serial_info, rs_close): 495 - Remove support for closing_wait2. Instead, set 496 - tty->closing and rely on the line discipline to prevent 497 - echo wars. 498 - 499 - * n_tty.c (n_tty_receive_char): IEXTEN does not need to be 500 - enabled in order for IXANY to be active. 501 - 502 - If tty->closing is set, then only process XON and XOFF 503 - characters. 504 - 505 - Sun Feb 12 23:57:48 1995 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 506 - 507 - * serial.c (rs_timer): Change the interrupt poll time from 60 508 - seconds to 10 seconds, configurable with the #define 509 - RS_STROBE_TIME. 510 - 511 - * serial.c (rs_interrupt_multi, startup, shutdown, rs_ioctl, 512 - set_multiport_struct, get_multiport_struct): Add 513 - provisions for a new type of interrupt service routine, 514 - which better supports multiple serial ports on a single 515 - IRQ. 516 - 517 - Sun Feb 5 19:35:11 1995 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 518 - 519 - * tty_ioctl.c (n_tty_ioctl, set_termios, tty_wait_until_sent): 520 - * serial.c (rs_ioctl, rs_close): 521 - * cyclades.c (cy_ioctl, cy_close): 522 - * n_tty.c (n_tty_close): Rename wait_until_sent to 523 - tty_wait_until_sent, so that it's a better name to export 524 - in ksyms.c. 525 - 526 - Sat Feb 4 23:36:20 1995 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 527 - 528 - * serial.c (rs_close): Added missing check for closing_wait2 being 529 - ASYNC_CLOSING_WAIT_NONE. 530 - 531 - Thu Jan 26 09:02:49 1995 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 532 - 533 - * serial.c (rs_init, set_serial_info, get_serial_info, 534 - rs_close): Support close_wait in the serial driver. 535 - This is helpful for slow devices (like serial 536 - plotters) so that their outputs don't get flushed upon 537 - device close. This has to be configurable because 538 - normally we don't want ports to be hung up for long 539 - periods of time during a close when they are not 540 - connected to a device, or the device is powered off. 541 - 542 - The default is to wait 30 seconds; in the case of a 543 - very slow device, the close_wait timeout should be 544 - lengthened. If it is set to 0, the kernel will wait 545 - forever for all of the data to be transmitted. 546 - 547 - Thu Jan 17 01:17:20 1995 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 548 - 549 - * serial.c (startup, change_speed, rs_init): Add support to detect 550 - the StarTech 16650 chip. Treat it as a 16450 for now, 551 - because of its FIFO bugs. 552 - 553 - Thu Jan 5 21:21:57 1995 <dahinds@users.sourceforge.net> 554 - 555 - * serial.c: (receive_char): Added counter to prevent infinite loop 556 - when a PCMCIA serial device is ejected. 557 - 558 - Thu Dec 29 17:53:48 1994 <tytso@rsx-11.mit.edu> 559 - 560 - * tty_io.c (check_tty_count): New procedure which checks 561 - tty->count to make sure that it matches with the number of 562 - open file descriptors which point at the structure. If 563 - the number doesn't match, it prints a warning message. 564 - 565 - Wed Dec 28 15:41:51 1994 <tytso@rsx-11.mit.edu> 566 - 567 - * tty_io.c (do_tty_hangup, disassociate_ctty): At hangup time, 568 - save the tty's current foreground process group in the 569 - session leader's task structure. When the session leader 570 - terminates, send a SIGHUP, SIGCONT to that process group. 571 - This is not required by POSIX, but it's not prohibited 572 - either, and it appears to be the least intrusive way 573 - to fix a problem that dialup servers have with 574 - orphaned process groups caused by modem hangups. 575 - 576 - Thu Dec 8 14:52:11 1994 <tytso@rsx-11.mit.edu> 577 - 578 - * serial.c (rs_ioctl): Don't allow most ioctl's if the serial port 579 - isn't initialized. 580 - 581 - * serial.c (rs_close): Don't clear the IER if the serial port 582 - isn't initialized. 583 - 584 - * serial.c (block_til_ready): Don't try to block on the dialin 585 - port if the serial port isn't initialized. 586 - 587 - Wed Dec 7 10:48:30 1994 Si Park (si@wimpol.demon.co.uk) 588 - * tty_io.c (tty_register_driver): Fix bug when linking onto 589 - the tty_drivers list. We now test that there are elements 590 - already on the list before setting the back link from the 591 - first element to the new driver. 592 - 593 - * tty_io.c (tty_unregister_driver): Fix bug in unlinking the 594 - specified driver from the tty_drivers list. We were not 595 - setting the back link correctly. This used to result in 596 - a dangling back link pointer and cause panics on the next 597 - call to get_tty_driver(). 598 - 599 - Tue Nov 29 10:21:09 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 600 - 601 - * tty_io.c (tty_unregister_driver): Fix bug in 602 - tty_unregister_driver where the pointer to the refcount is 603 - tested, instead of the refcount itself. This caused 604 - tty_unregister_driver to always return EBUSY. 605 - 606 - Sat Nov 26 11:59:24 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 607 - 608 - * tty_io.c (tty_ioctl): Add support for the new ioctl 609 - TIOCTTYGSTRUCT, which allow a kernel debugging program 610 - direct read access to the tty and tty_driver structures. 611 - 612 - Fri Nov 25 17:26:22 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 613 - 614 - * serial.c (rs_set_termios): Don't wake up processes blocked in 615 - open when the CLOCAL flag changes, since a blocking 616 - open only samples the CLOCAL flag once when it blocks, 617 - and doesn't check it again. (n.b. FreeBSD has a 618 - different behavior for blocking opens; it's not clear 619 - whether Linux or FreeBSD's interpretation is correct. 620 - POSIX doesn't give clear guidance on this issue, so 621 - this may change in the future....) 622 - 623 - * serial.c (block_til_ready): Use the correct termios structure to 624 - check the CLOCAL flag. If the cuaXX device is active, 625 - then check the saved termios for the ttySXX device. 626 - Otherwise, use the currently active termios structure. 627 - 628 - Sun Nov 6 21:05:44 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 629 - 630 - * serial.c (change_speed): Add support for direct access of 631 - 57,600 and 115,200 bps. 632 - 633 - Wed Nov 2 10:32:36 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 634 - 635 - * n_tty.c (n_tty_receive_room): Only allow excess characters 636 - through if we are in ICANON mode *and* there are other no 637 - pending lines in the buffer. Otherwise cut and paste over 638 - 4k breaks. 639 - 640 - Sat Oct 29 18:17:34 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 641 - 642 - * serial.c (rs_ioctl, get_lsr_info): Added patch suggested by Arne 643 - Riiber so that user mode programs can tell when the 644 - transmitter shift register is empty. 645 - 646 - Thu Oct 27 23:14:29 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 647 - 648 - * tty_ioctl.c (wait_until_sent): Added debugging printk statements 649 - (under the #ifdef TTY_DEBUG_WAIT_UNTIL_SENT) 650 - 651 - * serial.c (rs_interrupt, rs_interrupt_single, receive_chars, 652 - change_speed, rs_close): rs_close now disables receiver 653 - interrupts when closing the serial port. This allows the 654 - serial port to close quickly when Linux and a modem (or a 655 - mouse) are engaged in an echo war; when closing the serial 656 - port, we now first stop listening to incoming characters, 657 - and *then* wait for the transmit buffer to drain. 658 - 659 - In order to make this change, the info->read_status_mask 660 - is now used to control what bits of the line status 661 - register are looked at in the interrupt routine in all 662 - cases; previously it was only used in receive_chars to 663 - select a few of the status bits. 664 - 665 - Mon Oct 24 23:36:21 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 666 - 667 - * serial.c (rs_close): Add a timeout to the transmitter flush 668 - loop; this is just a sanity check in case we have flaky 669 - (or non-existent-but-configured-by-the-user) hardware. 670 - 671 - Fri Oct 21 09:37:23 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 672 - 673 - * tty_io.c (tty_fasync): When asynchronous I/O is enabled, if the 674 - process or process group has not be specified yet, set it 675 - to be the tty's process group, or if that is not yet set, 676 - to the current process's pid. 677 - 678 - Thu Oct 20 23:17:28 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 679 - 680 - * n_tty.c (n_tty_receive_room): If we are doing input 681 - canonicalization, let as many characters through as 682 - possible, so that the excess characters can be "beeped". 683 - 684 - Tue Oct 18 10:02:43 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 685 - 686 - * serial.c (rs_start): Removed an incorrect '!' that was 687 - preventing transmit interrupts from being re-enabled in 688 - rs_start(). Fortunately in most cases it would be 689 - re-enabled elsewhere, but this still should be fixed 690 - correctly. 691 - 692 - Sun Oct 9 23:46:03 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 693 - 694 - * tty_io.c (do_tty_hangup): If the tty driver flags 695 - TTY_DRIVER_RESET_TERMIOS is set, then reset the termios 696 - settings back to the driver's initial configuration. This 697 - allows the termios settings to be reset even if a process 698 - has hung up file descriptors keeping a pty's termios from 699 - being freed and reset. 700 - 701 - * tty_io.c (release_dev): Fix memory leak. The pty's other 702 - termios structure should also be freed. 703 - 704 - * serial.c (rs_close, shutdown): Change how we wait for the 705 - transmitter to completely drain before shutting down the 706 - serial port. We now do it by scheduling in another 707 - process instead of busy looping with the interrupts turned 708 - on. This may eliminate some race condition problems that 709 - some people seem to be reporting. 710 - 711 - Sun Sep 25 14:18:14 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 712 - 713 - * tty_io.c (release_dev): When freeing a tty make sure that both 714 - the tty and the o_tty (if present) aren't a process's 715 - controlling tty. (Previously, we only checked the tty.) 716 - 717 - * serial.c (change_speed): Only enable the Modem Status 718 - Interrupt for a port if CLOCAL is not set or CRTSCTS 719 - is set. If we're not checking the carrier detect and 720 - CTS line, there's no point in enabling the modem 721 - status interrupt. This will save spurious interrupts 722 - from slowing down systems who have terminals that 723 - don't support either line. (Of course, if you want 724 - only one of CD and CTS support, you will need a 725 - properly wired serial cable.) 726 - 727 - Thu Sep 22 08:32:48 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 728 - 729 - * tty_io.c (do_SAK): Return if tty is null. 730 - 731 - * tty_io.c (_tty_name): Return "NULL tty" if the passed in tty is 732 - NULL. 733 - 734 - Sat Sep 17 13:19:25 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 735 - 736 - * tty_ioctl.c (n_tty_ioctl): Fix TIOCGLCKTRMIOS and 737 - TIOCSLCKTRMIOS, which were totally broken. Remove 738 - extra indirection from argument; it should be a struct 739 - termios *, not a struct termios **. 740 - &real_tty->termios_locked should have been 741 - real_tty->termios_locked. This caused us to be 742 - reading and writing the termios_locked structure to 743 - random places in kernel memory. 744 - 745 - * tty_io.c (release_dev): Oops! Forgot to delete a critical kfree 746 - of the locked_termios. This leaves the locked_termios 747 - structure pointed at a freed object. 748 - 749 - Fri Sep 16 08:13:25 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 750 - 751 - * tty_io.c (tty_open): Don't check for an exclusive open until 752 - after the device specific open routine has been called. 753 - Otherwise, the serial device ref counting will be screwed 754 - up. 755 - 756 - * serial.c (rs_open, block_til_ready): Don't set termios structure 757 - until after block_til_ready has returned successfully. 758 - Modify block_til_ready to check the normal_termios 759 - structure directly, so it doesn't rely on termios being 760 - set before it's called. 761 - 762 - Thu Sep 15 23:34:01 1994 Theodore Y. Ts'o (tytso@rt-11) 763 - 764 - * serial.c (rs_close): Turn off interrupts during rs_close() to 765 - prevent a race condition with the hangup code (which 766 - runs during a software interrupt). 767 - 768 - * tty_io.c (release_dev): Don't free the locked_termios structure; 769 - its state must be retained across device opens. 770 - 771 - 772 - * tty_io.c (tty_unregister_driver): Added function to unregister a 773 - tty driver. (For loadable device drivers.) 774 - 775 -
+1 -1
drivers/char/agp/intel-agp.c
··· 298 298 j++; 299 299 } 300 300 } else { 301 - /* sg may merge pages, but we have to seperate 301 + /* sg may merge pages, but we have to separate 302 302 * per-page addr for GTT */ 303 303 unsigned int len, m; 304 304
+1 -1
drivers/char/applicom.c
··· 14 14 /* et passe en argument a acinit, mais est scrute sur le bus pour s'adapter */ 15 15 /* au nombre de cartes presentes sur le bus. IOCL code 6 affichait V2.4.3 */ 16 16 /* F.LAFORSE 28/11/95 creation de fichiers acXX.o avec les differentes */ 17 - /* adresses de base des cartes, IOCTL 6 plus complet */ 17 + /* addresses de base des cartes, IOCTL 6 plus complet */ 18 18 /* J.PAGET le 19/08/96 copie de la version V2.6 en V2.8.0 sans modification */ 19 19 /* de code autre que le texte V2.6.1 en V2.8.0 */ 20 20 /*****************************************************************************/
+1 -1
drivers/char/hvc_iseries.c
··· 353 353 354 354 if (!hvlpevent_is_int(event)) { 355 355 printk(KERN_WARNING 356 - "hvc: got unexpected close acknowlegement\n"); 356 + "hvc: got unexpected close acknowledgement\n"); 357 357 return; 358 358 } 359 359
+1 -1
drivers/char/hw_random/n2-drv.c
··· 71 71 * x22 + x21 + x17 + x15 + x13 + x12 + x11 + x7 + x5 + x + 1 72 72 * 73 73 * The RNG_CTL_VCO value of each noise cell must be programmed 74 - * seperately. This is why 4 control register values must be provided 74 + * separately. This is why 4 control register values must be provided 75 75 * to the hypervisor. During a write, the hypervisor writes them all, 76 76 * one at a time, to the actual RNG_CTL register. The first three 77 77 * values are used to setup the desired RNG_CTL_VCO for each entropy
+1 -1
drivers/char/ip2/i2hw.h
··· 559 559 560 560 2) It may be hard-coded into your source by including a .h file (typically 561 561 supplied by Computone), which declares a data array and initializes every 562 - element. This acheives the same result as if an entire loadware file had 562 + element. This achieves the same result as if an entire loadware file had 563 563 been read into the array. 564 564 565 565 This requires more data space in your program, but access to the file system
+1 -1
drivers/char/pty.c
··· 220 220 * @tty: tty being resized 221 221 * @ws: window size being set. 222 222 * 223 - * Update the termios variables and send the neccessary signals to 223 + * Update the termios variables and send the necessary signals to 224 224 * peform a terminal resize correctly 225 225 */ 226 226
+1 -1
drivers/char/random.c
··· 1191 1191 void generate_random_uuid(unsigned char uuid_out[16]) 1192 1192 { 1193 1193 get_random_bytes(uuid_out, 16); 1194 - /* Set UUID version to 4 --- truely random generation */ 1194 + /* Set UUID version to 4 --- truly random generation */ 1195 1195 uuid_out[6] = (uuid_out[6] & 0x0F) | 0x40; 1196 1196 /* Set the UUID variant to DCE */ 1197 1197 uuid_out[8] = (uuid_out[8] & 0x3F) | 0x80;
+1 -1
drivers/char/serial167.c
··· 1989 1989 /* 1990 1990 * Attempt to set up all channels to something reasonable, and 1991 1991 * bang out a INIT_CHAN command. We should then be able to limit 1992 - * the ammount of fiddling we have to do in normal running. 1992 + * the amount of fiddling we have to do in normal running. 1993 1993 */ 1994 1994 1995 1995 for (ch = 3; ch >= 0; ch--) {
+1 -1
drivers/char/tty_io.c
··· 2028 2028 * @rows: rows (character) 2029 2029 * @cols: cols (character) 2030 2030 * 2031 - * Update the termios variables and send the neccessary signals to 2031 + * Update the termios variables and send the necessary signals to 2032 2032 * peform a terminal resize correctly 2033 2033 */ 2034 2034
+1 -5
drivers/char/vt.c
··· 821 821 * 822 822 * Resize a virtual console, clipping according to the actual constraints. 823 823 * If the caller passes a tty structure then update the termios winsize 824 - * information and perform any neccessary signal handling. 824 + * information and perform any necessary signal handling. 825 825 * 826 826 * Caller must hold the console semaphore. Takes the termios mutex and 827 827 * ctrl_lock of the tty IFF a tty is passed. ··· 2119 2119 uint8_t inverse; 2120 2120 uint8_t width; 2121 2121 u16 himask, charmask; 2122 - const unsigned char *orig_buf = NULL; 2123 - int orig_count; 2124 2122 2125 2123 if (in_interrupt()) 2126 2124 return count; ··· 2140 2142 release_console_sem(); 2141 2143 return 0; 2142 2144 } 2143 - orig_buf = buf; 2144 - orig_count = count; 2145 2145 2146 2146 himask = vc->vc_hi_font_mask; 2147 2147 charmask = himask ? 0x1ff : 0xff;
+1 -1
drivers/crypto/hifn_795x.c
··· 321 321 #define HIFN_PUBOPLEN_MOD_M 0x0000007f /* modulus length mask */ 322 322 #define HIFN_PUBOPLEN_MOD_S 0 /* modulus length shift */ 323 323 #define HIFN_PUBOPLEN_EXP_M 0x0003ff80 /* exponent length mask */ 324 - #define HIFN_PUBOPLEN_EXP_S 7 /* exponent lenght shift */ 324 + #define HIFN_PUBOPLEN_EXP_S 7 /* exponent length shift */ 325 325 #define HIFN_PUBOPLEN_RED_M 0x003c0000 /* reducend length mask */ 326 326 #define HIFN_PUBOPLEN_RED_S 18 /* reducend length shift */ 327 327
+1 -1
drivers/dma/coh901318_lli.h
··· 30 30 * @pool: pool handle 31 31 * @dev: dma device 32 32 * @lli_nbr: number of lli:s in the pool 33 - * @algin: adress alignemtn of lli:s 33 + * @algin: address alignemtn of lli:s 34 34 * returns 0 on success otherwise none zero 35 35 */ 36 36 int coh901318_pool_create(struct coh901318_pool *pool,
+1 -1
drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nouveau_bios.c
··· 3545 3545 * at which modes should be set up in the dual link style. 3546 3546 * 3547 3547 * Following the header, the BMP (ver 0xa) table has several records, 3548 - * indexed by a seperate xlat table, indexed in turn by the fp strap in 3548 + * indexed by a separate xlat table, indexed in turn by the fp strap in 3549 3549 * EXTDEV_BOOT. Each record had a config byte, followed by 6 script 3550 3550 * numbers for use by INIT_SUB which controlled panel init and power, 3551 3551 * and finally a dword of ms to sleep between power off and on
+1 -1
drivers/gpu/drm/nouveau/nouveau_drv.h
··· 553 553 uint32_t ramro_offset; 554 554 uint32_t ramro_size; 555 555 556 - /* base physical adresses */ 556 + /* base physical addresses */ 557 557 uint64_t fb_phys; 558 558 uint64_t fb_available_size; 559 559 uint64_t fb_mappable_pages;
+1 -1
drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/radeon_state.c
··· 1093 1093 /* judging by the first tile offset needed, could possibly 1094 1094 directly address/clear 4x4 tiles instead of 8x2 * 4x4 1095 1095 macro tiles, though would still need clear mask for 1096 - right/bottom if truely 4x4 granularity is desired ? */ 1096 + right/bottom if truly 4x4 granularity is desired ? */ 1097 1097 OUT_RING(tileoffset * 16); 1098 1098 /* the number of tiles to clear */ 1099 1099 OUT_RING(nrtilesx + 1);
+2 -2
drivers/gpu/drm/via/via_irq.c
··· 150 150 cur_irq++; 151 151 } 152 152 153 - /* Acknowlege interrupts */ 153 + /* Acknowledge interrupts */ 154 154 VIA_WRITE(VIA_REG_INTERRUPT, status); 155 155 156 156 ··· 165 165 u32 status; 166 166 167 167 if (dev_priv) { 168 - /* Acknowlege interrupts */ 168 + /* Acknowledge interrupts */ 169 169 status = VIA_READ(VIA_REG_INTERRUPT); 170 170 VIA_WRITE(VIA_REG_INTERRUPT, status | 171 171 dev_priv->irq_pending_mask);
+1 -1
drivers/i2c/algos/i2c-algo-pcf.c
··· 176 176 */ 177 177 if (((temp = get_pcf(adap, 1)) & 0x7f) != (0)) { 178 178 DEB2(printk(KERN_ERR "i2c-algo-pcf.o: PCF detection failed -- can't select S0 (0x%02x).\n", temp)); 179 - return -ENXIO; /* definetly not PCF8584 */ 179 + return -ENXIO; /* definitely not PCF8584 */ 180 180 } 181 181 182 182 /* load own address in S0, effective address is (own << 1) */
+1 -1
drivers/i2c/busses/i2c-pxa.c
··· 12 12 * 13 13 * History: 14 14 * Apr 2002: Initial version [CS] 15 - * Jun 2002: Properly seperated algo/adap [FB] 15 + * Jun 2002: Properly separated algo/adap [FB] 16 16 * Jan 2003: Fixed several bugs concerning interrupt handling [Kai-Uwe Bloem] 17 17 * Jan 2003: added limited signal handling [Kai-Uwe Bloem] 18 18 * Sep 2004: Major rework to ensure efficient bus handling [RMK]
+1 -1
drivers/ieee1394/pcilynx.c
··· 1452 1452 PRINT(KERN_ERR, lynx->id, "unable to read bus info block from i2c"); 1453 1453 } else { 1454 1454 PRINT(KERN_INFO, lynx->id, "got bus info block from serial eeprom"); 1455 - /* FIXME: probably we shoud rewrite the max_rec, max_ROM(1394a), 1455 + /* FIXME: probably we should rewrite the max_rec, max_ROM(1394a), 1456 1456 * generation(1394a) and link_spd(1394a) field and recalculate 1457 1457 * the CRC */ 1458 1458
+2 -2
drivers/infiniband/hw/ehca/ehca_qes.h
··· 46 46 47 47 #include "ehca_tools.h" 48 48 49 - /* virtual scatter gather entry to specify remote adresses with length */ 49 + /* virtual scatter gather entry to specify remote addresses with length */ 50 50 struct ehca_vsgentry { 51 51 u64 vaddr; 52 52 u32 lkey; ··· 148 148 u32 immediate_data; 149 149 union { 150 150 struct { 151 - u64 remote_virtual_adress; 151 + u64 remote_virtual_address; 152 152 u32 rkey; 153 153 u32 reserved; 154 154 u64 atomic_1st_op_dma_len;
+1 -1
drivers/infiniband/hw/ehca/ehca_reqs.c
··· 269 269 /* no break is intentional here */ 270 270 case IB_QPT_RC: 271 271 /* TODO: atomic not implemented */ 272 - wqe_p->u.nud.remote_virtual_adress = 272 + wqe_p->u.nud.remote_virtual_address = 273 273 send_wr->wr.rdma.remote_addr; 274 274 wqe_p->u.nud.rkey = send_wr->wr.rdma.rkey; 275 275
+1 -1
drivers/input/misc/yealink.h
··· 127 127 * yld_status struct. 128 128 */ 129 129 130 - /* LCD, each segment must be driven seperately. 130 + /* LCD, each segment must be driven separately. 131 131 * 132 132 * Layout: 133 133 *
+1 -1
drivers/input/serio/i8042.c
··· 430 430 } 431 431 432 432 if (i8042_platform_filter && i8042_platform_filter(data, str, serio)) { 433 - dbg("Filtered out by platfrom filter\n"); 433 + dbg("Filtered out by platform filter\n"); 434 434 return true; 435 435 } 436 436
+1 -1
drivers/input/tablet/aiptek.c
··· 362 362 }; 363 363 364 364 /*********************************************************************** 365 - * Map values to strings and back. Every map shoudl have the following 365 + * Map values to strings and back. Every map should have the following 366 366 * as its last element: { NULL, AIPTEK_INVALID_VALUE }. 367 367 */ 368 368 #define AIPTEK_INVALID_VALUE -1
+2 -2
drivers/isdn/hardware/mISDN/mISDNisar.c
··· 1712 1712 } 1713 1713 EXPORT_SYMBOL(mISDNisar_init); 1714 1714 1715 - static int isar_mod_init(void) 1715 + static int __init isar_mod_init(void) 1716 1716 { 1717 1717 pr_notice("mISDN: ISAR driver Rev. %s\n", ISAR_REV); 1718 1718 return 0; 1719 1719 } 1720 1720 1721 - static void isar_mod_cleanup(void) 1721 + static void __exit isar_mod_cleanup(void) 1722 1722 { 1723 1723 pr_notice("mISDN: ISAR module unloaded\n"); 1724 1724 }
+1 -1
drivers/isdn/i4l/isdn_common.c
··· 1347 1347 /* 1348 1348 * isdn net devices manage lots of configuration variables as linked lists. 1349 1349 * Those lists must only be manipulated from user space. Some of the ioctl's 1350 - * service routines access user space and are not atomic. Therefor, ioctl's 1350 + * service routines access user space and are not atomic. Therefore, ioctl's 1351 1351 * manipulating the lists and ioctl's sleeping while accessing the lists 1352 1352 * are serialized by means of a semaphore. 1353 1353 */
+2 -2
drivers/isdn/mISDN/dsp_core.c
··· 1114 1114 .create = dspcreate 1115 1115 }; 1116 1116 1117 - static int dsp_init(void) 1117 + static int __init dsp_init(void) 1118 1118 { 1119 1119 int err; 1120 1120 int tics; ··· 1212 1212 } 1213 1213 1214 1214 1215 - static void dsp_cleanup(void) 1215 + static void __exit dsp_cleanup(void) 1216 1216 { 1217 1217 mISDN_unregister_Bprotocol(&DSP); 1218 1218
+2 -2
drivers/isdn/mISDN/l1oip_core.c
··· 477 477 printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: received frame, parsing... (%d)\n", 478 478 __func__, len); 479 479 480 - /* check lenght */ 480 + /* check length */ 481 481 if (len < 1+1+2) { 482 482 printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: packet error - length %d below " 483 483 "4 bytes\n", __func__, len); ··· 1509 1509 printk(KERN_DEBUG "%s: interface %d is %s with %s.\n", 1510 1510 __func__, l1oip_cnt, pri ? "PRI" : "BRI", 1511 1511 bundle ? "bundled IP packet for all B-channels" : 1512 - "seperate IP packets for every B-channel"); 1512 + "separate IP packets for every B-channel"); 1513 1513 1514 1514 hc = kzalloc(sizeof(struct l1oip), GFP_ATOMIC); 1515 1515 if (!hc) {
+1 -1
drivers/isdn/sc/hardware.h
··· 87 87 #define BRI_CHANNELS 2 /* Number of B channels */ 88 88 #define BRI_BASEPG_VAL 0x98 89 89 #define BRI_MAGIC 0x60000 /* Magic Number */ 90 - #define BRI_MEMSIZE 0x10000 /* Ammount of RAM (64K) */ 90 + #define BRI_MEMSIZE 0x10000 /* Amount of RAM (64K) */ 91 91 #define BRI_PARTNO "72-029" 92 92 #define BRI_FEATURES ISDN_FEATURE_L2_HDLC | ISDN_FEATURE_L3_TRANS; 93 93 /*
+4 -4
drivers/media/dvb/dvb-core/dvb_frontend.h
··· 214 214 int (*get_status)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 *status); 215 215 int (*get_rf_strength)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u16 *strength); 216 216 217 - /** These are provided seperately from set_params in order to facilitate silicon 218 - * tuners which require sophisticated tuning loops, controlling each parameter seperately. */ 217 + /** These are provided separately from set_params in order to facilitate silicon 218 + * tuners which require sophisticated tuning loops, controlling each parameter separately. */ 219 219 int (*set_frequency)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 frequency); 220 220 int (*set_bandwidth)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, u32 bandwidth); 221 221 222 222 /* 223 - * These are provided seperately from set_params in order to facilitate silicon 224 - * tuners which require sophisticated tuning loops, controlling each parameter seperately. 223 + * These are provided separately from set_params in order to facilitate silicon 224 + * tuners which require sophisticated tuning loops, controlling each parameter separately. 225 225 */ 226 226 int (*set_state)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, enum tuner_param param, struct tuner_state *state); 227 227 int (*get_state)(struct dvb_frontend *fe, enum tuner_param param, struct tuner_state *state);
+2 -2
drivers/media/video/bt8xx/bttv-cards.c
··· 4404 4404 /* Tibet Systems 'Progress DVR' CS16 muxsel helper [Chris Fanning] 4405 4405 * 4406 4406 * The CS16 (available on eBay cheap) is a PCI board with four Fusion 4407 - * 878A chips, a PCI bridge, an Atmel microcontroller, four sync seperator 4407 + * 878A chips, a PCI bridge, an Atmel microcontroller, four sync separator 4408 4408 * chips, ten eight input analog multiplexors, a not chip and a few 4409 4409 * other components. 4410 4410 * ··· 4426 4426 * 4427 4427 * There is an ATMEL microcontroller with an 8031 core on board. I have not 4428 4428 * determined what function (if any) it provides. With the microcontroller 4429 - * and sync seperator chips a guess is that it might have to do with video 4429 + * and sync separator chips a guess is that it might have to do with video 4430 4430 * switching and maybe some digital I/O. 4431 4431 */ 4432 4432 static void tibetCS16_muxsel(struct bttv *btv, unsigned int input)
+1 -1
drivers/media/video/gspca/ov519.c
··· 512 512 /* 513 513 * The FX2 chip does not give us a zero length read at end of frame. 514 514 * It does, however, give a short read at the end of a frame, if 515 - * neccessary, rather than run two frames together. 515 + * necessary, rather than run two frames together. 516 516 * 517 517 * By choosing the right bulk transfer size, we are guaranteed to always 518 518 * get a short read for the last read of each frame. Frame sizes are
+1 -1
drivers/media/video/pwc/philips.txt
··· 33 33 contains decompression routines that allow you to use higher image sizes and 34 34 framerates; in addition the webcam uses less bandwidth on the USB bus (handy 35 35 if you want to run more than 1 camera simultaneously). These routines fall 36 - under a NDA, and may therefor not be distributed as source; however, its use 36 + under a NDA, and may therefore not be distributed as source; however, its use 37 37 is completely optional. 38 38 39 39 You can build this code either into your kernel, or as a module. I recommend
+1 -1
drivers/media/video/sn9c102/sn9c102_sensor.h
··· 120 120 /* 121 121 Write multiple registers with constant values. For example: 122 122 sn9c102_write_const_regs(cam, {0x00, 0x14}, {0x60, 0x17}, {0x0f, 0x18}); 123 - Register adresses must be < 256. 123 + Register addresses must be < 256. 124 124 */ 125 125 #define sn9c102_write_const_regs(sn9c102_device, data...) \ 126 126 ({ static const u8 _valreg[][2] = {data}; \
+1 -1
drivers/media/video/tea6420.c
··· 6 6 7 7 The tea6420 is a bus controlled audio-matrix with 5 stereo inputs, 8 8 4 stereo outputs and gain control for each output. 9 - It is cascadable, i.e. it can be found at the adresses 0x98 9 + It is cascadable, i.e. it can be found at the addresses 0x98 10 10 and 0x9a on the i2c-bus. 11 11 12 12 For detailed informations download the specifications directly
+1 -1
drivers/message/i2o/iop.c
··· 539 539 * which is indeterminate. We need to wait until the IOP has 540 540 * rebooted before we can let the system talk to it. We read 541 541 * the inbound Free_List until a message is available. If we 542 - * can't read one in the given ammount of time, we assume the 542 + * can't read one in the given amount of time, we assume the 543 543 * IOP could not reboot properly. 544 544 */ 545 545 osm_debug("%s: Reset in progress, waiting for reboot...\n",
+4 -4
drivers/mfd/sm501.c
··· 523 523 unsigned long clock = readl(sm->regs + SM501_CURRENT_CLOCK); 524 524 unsigned char reg; 525 525 unsigned int pll_reg = 0; 526 - unsigned long sm501_freq; /* the actual frequency acheived */ 526 + unsigned long sm501_freq; /* the actual frequency achieved */ 527 527 528 528 struct sm501_clock to; 529 529 ··· 533 533 534 534 switch (clksrc) { 535 535 case SM501_CLOCK_P2XCLK: 536 - /* This clock is divided in half so to achive the 536 + /* This clock is divided in half so to achieve the 537 537 * requested frequency the value must be multiplied by 538 538 * 2. This clock also has an additional pre divisor */ 539 539 ··· 562 562 break; 563 563 564 564 case SM501_CLOCK_V2XCLK: 565 - /* This clock is divided in half so to achive the 565 + /* This clock is divided in half so to achieve the 566 566 * requested frequency the value must be multiplied by 2. */ 567 567 568 568 sm501_freq = (sm501_select_clock(2 * req_freq, &to, 3) / 2); ··· 648 648 unsigned long req_freq) 649 649 { 650 650 struct sm501_devdata *sm = dev_get_drvdata(dev); 651 - unsigned long sm501_freq; /* the frequency achiveable by the 501 */ 651 + unsigned long sm501_freq; /* the frequency achieveable by the 501 */ 652 652 struct sm501_clock to; 653 653 654 654 switch (clksrc) {
+1 -1
drivers/mmc/card/sdio_uart.c
··· 575 575 struct sdio_uart_port *port = 576 576 container_of(tport, struct sdio_uart_port, port); 577 577 unsigned int ret = sdio_uart_claim_func(port); 578 - if (ret) /* Missing hardware shoudn't block for carrier */ 578 + if (ret) /* Missing hardware shouldn't block for carrier */ 579 579 return 1; 580 580 ret = sdio_uart_get_mctrl(port); 581 581 sdio_uart_release_func(port);
+1 -1
drivers/mmc/host/mxcmmc.c
··· 4 4 * This is a driver for the SDHC controller found in Freescale MX2/MX3 5 5 * SoCs. It is basically the same hardware as found on MX1 (imxmmc.c). 6 6 * Unlike the hardware found on MX1, this hardware just works and does 7 - * not need all the quirks found in imxmmc.c, hence the seperate driver. 7 + * not need all the quirks found in imxmmc.c, hence the separate driver. 8 8 * 9 9 * Copyright (C) 2008 Sascha Hauer, Pengutronix <s.hauer@pengutronix.de> 10 10 * Copyright (C) 2006 Pavel Pisa, PiKRON <ppisa@pikron.com>
drivers/mtd/chips/cfi_util.c
+1 -1
drivers/mtd/chips/jedec_probe.c
··· 226 226 * exists, but is for MTD_UADDR_NOT_SUPPORTED - and, therefore, 227 227 * should not be used. The problem is that structures with 228 228 * initializers have extra fields initialized to 0. It is _very_ 229 - * desireable to have the unlock address entries for unsupported 229 + * desirable to have the unlock address entries for unsupported 230 230 * data widths automatically initialized - that means that 231 231 * MTD_UADDR_NOT_SUPPORTED must be 0 and the first entry here 232 232 * must go unused.
drivers/mtd/inftlcore.c
+1 -1
drivers/mtd/maps/plat-ram.c
··· 4 4 * http://www.simtec.co.uk/products/SWLINUX/ 5 5 * Ben Dooks <ben@simtec.co.uk> 6 6 * 7 - * Generic platfrom device based RAM map 7 + * Generic platform device based RAM map 8 8 * 9 9 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify 10 10 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+2 -2
drivers/mtd/nand/bcm_umi_nand.c
··· 381 381 if (!r) 382 382 return -ENXIO; 383 383 384 - /* map physical adress */ 384 + /* map physical address */ 385 385 bcm_umi_io_base = ioremap(r->start, r->end - r->start + 1); 386 386 387 387 if (!bcm_umi_io_base) { ··· 525 525 /* Release resources, unregister device */ 526 526 nand_release(board_mtd); 527 527 528 - /* unmap physical adress */ 528 + /* unmap physical address */ 529 529 iounmap(bcm_umi_io_base); 530 530 531 531 /* Free the MTD device structure */
+1 -1
drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
··· 507 507 * MXC NANDFC can only perform full page+spare or 508 508 * spare-only read/write. When the upper layers 509 509 * layers perform a read/write buf operation, 510 - * we will used the saved column adress to index into 510 + * we will used the saved column address to index into 511 511 * the full page. 512 512 */ 513 513 send_addr(host, 0, page_addr == -1);
+1 -1
drivers/net/atlx/atl2.h
··· 442 442 struct atl2_ring_header { 443 443 /* pointer to the descriptor ring memory */ 444 444 void *desc; 445 - /* physical adress of the descriptor ring */ 445 + /* physical address of the descriptor ring */ 446 446 dma_addr_t dma; 447 447 /* length of descriptor ring in bytes */ 448 448 unsigned int size;
+1 -1
drivers/net/chelsio/sge.c
··· 248 248 * 249 249 * Interrupts are handled by a single CPU and it is likely that on a MP system 250 250 * the application is migrated to another CPU. In that scenario, we try to 251 - * seperate the RX(in irq context) and TX state in order to decrease memory 251 + * separate the RX(in irq context) and TX state in order to decrease memory 252 252 * contention. 253 253 */ 254 254 struct sge {
+1 -1
drivers/net/cs89x0.c
··· 580 580 } 581 581 582 582 #ifdef CONFIG_SH_HICOSH4 583 - /* truely reset the chip */ 583 + /* truly reset the chip */ 584 584 writeword(ioaddr, ADD_PORT, 0x0114); 585 585 writeword(ioaddr, DATA_PORT, 0x0040); 586 586 #endif
+2 -2
drivers/net/cxgb3/sge.c
··· 197 197 /** 198 198 * need_skb_unmap - does the platform need unmapping of sk_buffs? 199 199 * 200 - * Returns true if the platfrom needs sk_buff unmapping. The compiler 200 + * Returns true if the platform needs sk_buff unmapping. The compiler 201 201 * optimizes away unecessary code if this returns true. 202 202 */ 203 203 static inline int need_skb_unmap(void) 204 204 { 205 205 /* 206 - * This structure is used to tell if the platfrom needs buffer 206 + * This structure is used to tell if the platform needs buffer 207 207 * unmapping by checking if DECLARE_PCI_UNMAP_ADDR defines anything. 208 208 */ 209 209 struct dummy {
+1 -1
drivers/net/davinci_emac.c
··· 2658 2658 2659 2659 pdata = pdev->dev.platform_data; 2660 2660 if (!pdata) { 2661 - printk(KERN_ERR "DaVinci EMAC: No platfrom data\n"); 2661 + printk(KERN_ERR "DaVinci EMAC: No platform data\n"); 2662 2662 return -ENODEV; 2663 2663 } 2664 2664
+1 -1
drivers/net/e1000e/82571.c
··· 1346 1346 * 1347 1347 * 1) down 1348 1348 * 2) autoneg_progress 1349 - * 3) autoneg_complete (the link sucessfully autonegotiated) 1349 + * 3) autoneg_complete (the link successfully autonegotiated) 1350 1350 * 4) forced_up (the link has been forced up, it did not autonegotiate) 1351 1351 * 1352 1352 **/
+1 -1
drivers/net/e1000e/lib.c
··· 647 647 if (!(rxcw & E1000_RXCW_IV)) { 648 648 mac->serdes_has_link = true; 649 649 e_dbg("SERDES: Link up - autoneg " 650 - "completed sucessfully.\n"); 650 + "completed successfully.\n"); 651 651 } else { 652 652 mac->serdes_has_link = false; 653 653 e_dbg("SERDES: Link down - invalid"
+1 -1
drivers/net/igb/igb_main.c
··· 688 688 /* start with one vector for every rx queue */ 689 689 numvecs = adapter->num_rx_queues; 690 690 691 - /* if tx handler is seperate add 1 for every tx queue */ 691 + /* if tx handler is separate add 1 for every tx queue */ 692 692 if (!(adapter->flags & IGB_FLAG_QUEUE_PAIRS)) 693 693 numvecs += adapter->num_tx_queues; 694 694
+1 -1
drivers/net/irda/sa1100_ir.c
··· 331 331 * If we missed a speed change, initialise at the new speed 332 332 * directly. It is debatable whether this is actually 333 333 * required, but in the interests of continuing from where 334 - * we left off it is desireable. The converse argument is 334 + * we left off it is desirable. The converse argument is 335 335 * that we should re-negotiate at 9600 baud again. 336 336 */ 337 337 if (si->newspeed) {
+1 -1
drivers/net/ks8851.c
··· 407 407 * @buff: The buffer address 408 408 * @len: The length of the data to read 409 409 * 410 - * Issue an RXQ FIFO read command and read the @len ammount of data from 410 + * Issue an RXQ FIFO read command and read the @len amount of data from 411 411 * the FIFO into the buffer specified by @buff. 412 412 */ 413 413 static void ks8851_rdfifo(struct ks8851_net *ks, u8 *buff, unsigned len)
+1 -1
drivers/net/qlge/qlge_ethtool.c
··· 405 405 u32 wol = 0; 406 406 status = ql_mb_wol_mode(qdev, wol); 407 407 netif_err(qdev, drv, qdev->ndev, "WOL %s (wol code 0x%x)\n", 408 - status == 0 ? "cleared sucessfully" : "clear failed", 408 + status == 0 ? "cleared successfully" : "clear failed", 409 409 wol); 410 410 } 411 411
+1 -1
drivers/net/qlge/qlge_main.c
··· 3855 3855 status = ql_mb_wol_mode(qdev, wol); 3856 3856 netif_err(qdev, drv, qdev->ndev, 3857 3857 "WOL %s (wol code 0x%x) on %s\n", 3858 - (status == 0) ? "Sucessfully set" : "Failed", 3858 + (status == 0) ? "Successfully set" : "Failed", 3859 3859 wol, qdev->ndev->name); 3860 3860 } 3861 3861
+1 -1
drivers/net/sfc/regs.h
··· 95 95 #define FRF_AA_INT_ACK_KER_FIELD_LBN 0 96 96 #define FRF_AA_INT_ACK_KER_FIELD_WIDTH 32 97 97 98 - /* INT_ISR0_REG: Function 0 Interrupt Acknowlege Status register */ 98 + /* INT_ISR0_REG: Function 0 Interrupt Acknowledge Status register */ 99 99 #define FR_BZ_INT_ISR0 0x00000090 100 100 #define FRF_BZ_INT_ISR_REG_LBN 0 101 101 #define FRF_BZ_INT_ISR_REG_WIDTH 64
+1 -1
drivers/net/skfp/ess.c
··· 557 557 558 558 /* 559 559 * send never allocation request where the requested payload and 560 - * overhead is zero or deallocate bandwidht when no bandwidth is 560 + * overhead is zero or deallocate bandwidth when no bandwidth is 561 561 * parsed 562 562 */ 563 563 if (!smc->mib.fddiESSPayload) {
+1 -1
drivers/net/smsc9420.c
··· 1347 1347 1348 1348 netif_carrier_off(dev); 1349 1349 1350 - /* disable, mask and acknowlege all interrupts */ 1350 + /* disable, mask and acknowledge all interrupts */ 1351 1351 spin_lock_irqsave(&pd->int_lock, flags); 1352 1352 int_cfg = smsc9420_reg_read(pd, INT_CFG) & (~INT_CFG_IRQ_EN_); 1353 1353 smsc9420_reg_write(pd, INT_CFG, int_cfg);
+2 -2
drivers/net/spider_net.c
··· 474 474 * spider_net_enable_rxchtails - sets RX dmac chain tail addresses 475 475 * @card: card structure 476 476 * 477 - * spider_net_enable_rxchtails sets the RX DMAC chain tail adresses in the 477 + * spider_net_enable_rxchtails sets the RX DMAC chain tail addresses in the 478 478 * chip by writing to the appropriate register. DMA is enabled in 479 479 * spider_net_enable_rxdmac. 480 480 */ ··· 1820 1820 1821 1821 spider_net_write_reg(card, SPIDER_NET_ECMODE, SPIDER_NET_ECMODE_VALUE); 1822 1822 1823 - /* set chain tail adress for RX chains and 1823 + /* set chain tail address for RX chains and 1824 1824 * enable DMA */ 1825 1825 spider_net_enable_rxchtails(card); 1826 1826 spider_net_enable_rxdmac(card);
+1 -1
drivers/net/sungem.c
··· 782 782 break; 783 783 784 784 /* When writing back RX descriptor, GEM writes status 785 - * then buffer address, possibly in seperate transactions. 785 + * then buffer address, possibly in separate transactions. 786 786 * If we don't wait for the chip to write both, we could 787 787 * post a new buffer to this descriptor then have GEM spam 788 788 * on the buffer address. We sync on the RX completion
+1 -1
drivers/net/tehuti.c
··· 1851 1851 * @data - desc's data 1852 1852 * @size - desc's size 1853 1853 * 1854 - * NOTE: this func does check for available space and, if neccessary, waits for 1854 + * NOTE: this func does check for available space and, if necessary, waits for 1855 1855 * NIC to read existing data before writing new one. 1856 1856 */ 1857 1857 static void bdx_tx_push_desc_safe(struct bdx_priv *priv, void *data, int size)
+2 -2
drivers/net/tokenring/tms380tr.c
··· 693 693 * NOTE: This function should be used whenever the status of any TPL must be 694 694 * modified by the driver, because the compiler may otherwise change the 695 695 * order of instructions such that writing the TPL status may be executed at 696 - * an undesireable time. When this function is used, the status is always 696 + * an undesirable time. When this function is used, the status is always 697 697 * written when the function is called. 698 698 */ 699 699 static void tms380tr_write_tpl_status(TPL *tpl, unsigned int Status) ··· 2264 2264 * This function should be used whenever the status of any RPL must be 2265 2265 * modified by the driver, because the compiler may otherwise change the 2266 2266 * order of instructions such that writing the RPL status may be executed 2267 - * at an undesireable time. When this function is used, the status is 2267 + * at an undesirable time. When this function is used, the status is 2268 2268 * always written when the function is called. 2269 2269 */ 2270 2270 static void tms380tr_write_rpl_status(RPL *rpl, unsigned int Status)
+1 -1
drivers/net/tun.c
··· 1437 1437 1438 1438 __tun_detach(tun); 1439 1439 1440 - /* If desireable, unregister the netdevice. */ 1440 + /* If desirable, unregister the netdevice. */ 1441 1441 if (!(tun->flags & TUN_PERSIST)) { 1442 1442 rtnl_lock(); 1443 1443 if (dev->reg_state == NETREG_REGISTERED)
+3 -3
drivers/net/typhoon.c
··· 2096 2096 2097 2097 if(typhoon_reset(tp->ioaddr, WaitNoSleep) < 0) { 2098 2098 netdev_warn(dev, "could not reset in tx timeout\n"); 2099 - goto truely_dead; 2099 + goto truly_dead; 2100 2100 } 2101 2101 2102 2102 /* If we ever start using the Hi ring, it will need cleaning too */ ··· 2105 2105 2106 2106 if(typhoon_start_runtime(tp) < 0) { 2107 2107 netdev_err(dev, "could not start runtime in tx timeout\n"); 2108 - goto truely_dead; 2108 + goto truly_dead; 2109 2109 } 2110 2110 2111 2111 netif_wake_queue(dev); 2112 2112 return; 2113 2113 2114 - truely_dead: 2114 + truly_dead: 2115 2115 /* Reset the hardware, and turn off carrier to avoid more timeouts */ 2116 2116 typhoon_reset(tp->ioaddr, NoWait); 2117 2117 netif_carrier_off(dev);
+1 -1
drivers/net/ucc_geth.c
··· 430 430 ucc_fast_get_qe_cr_subblock(ugeth->ug_info->uf_info.ucc_num); 431 431 432 432 /* Ethernet frames are defined in Little Endian mode, 433 - therefor to insert */ 433 + therefore to insert */ 434 434 /* the address to the hash (Big Endian mode), we reverse the bytes.*/ 435 435 436 436 set_mac_addr(&p_82xx_addr_filt->taddr.h, p_enet_addr);
+5 -5
drivers/net/wan/cosa.c
··· 811 811 cosa_enable_rx(chan); 812 812 spin_lock_irqsave(&cosa->lock, flags); 813 813 add_wait_queue(&chan->rxwaitq, &wait); 814 - while(!chan->rx_status) { 814 + while (!chan->rx_status) { 815 815 current->state = TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE; 816 816 spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cosa->lock, flags); 817 817 schedule(); ··· 896 896 897 897 spin_lock_irqsave(&cosa->lock, flags); 898 898 add_wait_queue(&chan->txwaitq, &wait); 899 - while(!chan->tx_status) { 899 + while (!chan->tx_status) { 900 900 current->state = TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE; 901 901 spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cosa->lock, flags); 902 902 schedule(); ··· 1153 1153 struct channel_data *channel, unsigned int cmd, unsigned long arg) 1154 1154 { 1155 1155 void __user *argp = (void __user *)arg; 1156 - switch(cmd) { 1156 + switch (cmd) { 1157 1157 case COSAIORSET: /* Reset the device */ 1158 1158 if (!capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN)) 1159 1159 return -EACCES; ··· 1704 1704 spin_unlock_irqrestore(&cosa->lock, flags); 1705 1705 return; 1706 1706 } 1707 - while(1) { 1707 + while (1) { 1708 1708 cosa->txchan++; 1709 1709 i++; 1710 1710 if (cosa->txchan >= cosa->nchannels) ··· 2010 2010 static void debug_status_in(struct cosa_data *cosa, int status) 2011 2011 { 2012 2012 char *s; 2013 - switch(status & SR_CMD_FROM_SRP_MASK) { 2013 + switch (status & SR_CMD_FROM_SRP_MASK) { 2014 2014 case SR_UP_REQUEST: 2015 2015 s = "RX_REQ"; 2016 2016 break;
+4 -4
drivers/net/wan/hdlc_cisco.c
··· 141 141 data->address != CISCO_UNICAST) 142 142 return cpu_to_be16(ETH_P_HDLC); 143 143 144 - switch(data->protocol) { 144 + switch (data->protocol) { 145 145 case cpu_to_be16(ETH_P_IP): 146 146 case cpu_to_be16(ETH_P_IPX): 147 147 case cpu_to_be16(ETH_P_IPV6): ··· 190 190 cisco_data = (struct cisco_packet*)(skb->data + sizeof 191 191 (struct hdlc_header)); 192 192 193 - switch(ntohl (cisco_data->type)) { 193 + switch (ntohl (cisco_data->type)) { 194 194 case CISCO_ADDR_REQ: /* Stolen from syncppp.c :-) */ 195 195 in_dev = dev->ip_ptr; 196 196 addr = 0; ··· 245 245 246 246 dev_kfree_skb_any(skb); 247 247 return NET_RX_SUCCESS; 248 - } /* switch(keepalive type) */ 249 - } /* switch(protocol) */ 248 + } /* switch (keepalive type) */ 249 + } /* switch (protocol) */ 250 250 251 251 printk(KERN_INFO "%s: Unsupported protocol %x\n", dev->name, 252 252 ntohs(data->protocol));
+2 -2
drivers/net/wan/hdlc_x25.c
··· 202 202 return 0; /* return protocol only, no settable parameters */ 203 203 204 204 case IF_PROTO_X25: 205 - if(!capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN)) 205 + if (!capable(CAP_NET_ADMIN)) 206 206 return -EPERM; 207 207 208 - if(dev->flags & IFF_UP) 208 + if (dev->flags & IFF_UP) 209 209 return -EBUSY; 210 210 211 211 result=hdlc->attach(dev, ENCODING_NRZ,PARITY_CRC16_PR1_CCITT);
+1 -1
drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/fw.c
··· 612 612 goto error_wait_for_ack; 613 613 } 614 614 rx_bytes = result; 615 - /* verify the ack and read more if neccessary [result is the 615 + /* verify the ack and read more if necessary [result is the 616 616 * final amount of bytes we get in the ack] */ 617 617 result = __i2400m_bm_ack_verify(i2400m, opcode, ack, ack_size, flags); 618 618 if (result < 0)
+1 -1
drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/i2400m.h
··· 627 627 * @I2400M_BRI_NO_REBOOT: Do not reboot the device and proceed 628 628 * directly to wait for a reboot barker from the device. 629 629 * @I2400M_BRI_MAC_REINIT: We need to reinitialize the boot 630 - * rom after reading the MAC adress. This is quite a dirty hack, 630 + * rom after reading the MAC address. This is quite a dirty hack, 631 631 * if you ask me -- the device requires the bootrom to be 632 632 * intialized after reading the MAC address. 633 633 */
+2 -2
drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/sdio.c
··· 304 304 * 305 305 * The device will be fully reset internally, but won't be 306 306 * disconnected from the bus (so no reenumeration will 307 - * happen). Firmware upload will be neccessary. 307 + * happen). Firmware upload will be necessary. 308 308 * 309 309 * The device will send a reboot barker that will trigger the driver 310 310 * to reinitialize the state via __i2400m_dev_reset_handle. ··· 314 314 * 315 315 * The device will be fully reset internally, disconnected from the 316 316 * bus an a reenumeration will happen. Firmware upload will be 317 - * neccessary. Thus, we don't do any locking or struct 317 + * necessary. Thus, we don't do any locking or struct 318 318 * reinitialization, as we are going to be fully disconnected and 319 319 * reenumerated. 320 320 *
+2 -2
drivers/net/wimax/i2400m/usb.c
··· 246 246 * 247 247 * The device will be fully reset internally, but won't be 248 248 * disconnected from the USB bus (so no reenumeration will 249 - * happen). Firmware upload will be neccessary. 249 + * happen). Firmware upload will be necessary. 250 250 * 251 251 * The device will send a reboot barker in the notification endpoint 252 252 * that will trigger the driver to reinitialize the state ··· 257 257 * 258 258 * The device will be fully reset internally, disconnected from the 259 259 * USB bus an a reenumeration will happen. Firmware upload will be 260 - * neccessary. Thus, we don't do any locking or struct 260 + * necessary. Thus, we don't do any locking or struct 261 261 * reinitialization, as we are going to be fully disconnected and 262 262 * reenumerated. 263 263 *
+1 -1
drivers/net/wireless/ath/ar9170/main.c
··· 2512 2512 /* 2513 2513 * this buffer is used for rx stream reconstruction. 2514 2514 * Under heavy load this device (or the transport layer?) 2515 - * tends to split the streams into seperate rx descriptors. 2515 + * tends to split the streams into separate rx descriptors. 2516 2516 */ 2517 2517 2518 2518 skb = __dev_alloc_skb(AR9170_MAX_RX_BUFFER_SIZE, GFP_KERNEL);
+1 -1
drivers/net/wireless/iwmc3200wifi/lmac.h
··· 262 262 263 263 /* Power Management */ 264 264 #define POWER_TABLE_CMD 0x77 265 - #define SAVE_RESTORE_ADRESS_CMD 0x78 265 + #define SAVE_RESTORE_ADDRESS_CMD 0x78 266 266 #define REPLY_WATERMARK_CMD 0x79 267 267 #define PM_DEBUG_STATISTIC_NOTIFIC 0x7B 268 268 #define PD_FLUSH_N_NOTIFICATION 0x7C
+2 -2
drivers/net/wireless/rt2x00/rt2500usb.c
··· 368 368 369 369 /* 370 370 * The encryption key doesn't fit within the CSR cache, 371 - * this means we should allocate it seperately and use 371 + * this means we should allocate it separately and use 372 372 * rt2x00usb_vendor_request() to send the key to the hardware. 373 373 */ 374 374 reg = KEY_ENTRY(key->hw_key_idx); ··· 382 382 /* 383 383 * The driver does not support the IV/EIV generation 384 384 * in hardware. However it demands the data to be provided 385 - * both seperately as well as inside the frame. 385 + * both separately as well as inside the frame. 386 386 * We already provided the CONFIG_CRYPTO_COPY_IV to rt2x00lib 387 387 * to ensure rt2x00lib will not strip the data from the 388 388 * frame after the copy, now we must tell mac80211
+2 -2
drivers/net/wireless/rt2x00/rt2800usb.c
··· 99 99 * There are 2 variations of the rt2870 firmware. 100 100 * a) size: 4kb 101 101 * b) size: 8kb 102 - * Note that (b) contains 2 seperate firmware blobs of 4k 102 + * Note that (b) contains 2 separate firmware blobs of 4k 103 103 * within the file. The first blob is the same firmware as (a), 104 104 * but the second blob is for the additional chipsets. 105 105 */ ··· 117 117 118 118 /* 119 119 * 8kb firmware files must be checked as if it were 120 - * 2 seperate firmware files. 120 + * 2 separate firmware files. 121 121 */ 122 122 while (offset < len) { 123 123 if (!rt2800usb_check_crc(data + offset, 4096))
+1 -1
drivers/net/wireless/rt2x00/rt2x00debug.c
··· 109 109 110 110 /* 111 111 * HW crypto statistics. 112 - * All statistics are stored seperately per cipher type. 112 + * All statistics are stored separately per cipher type. 113 113 */ 114 114 struct rt2x00debug_crypto crypto_stats[CIPHER_MAX]; 115 115
+1 -1
drivers/net/wireless/rt2x00/rt2x00dev.c
··· 394 394 /* 395 395 * Hardware might have stripped the IV/EIV/ICV data, 396 396 * in that case it is possible that the data was 397 - * provided seperately (through hardware descriptor) 397 + * provided separately (through hardware descriptor) 398 398 * in which case we should reinsert the data into the frame. 399 399 */ 400 400 if ((rxdesc.dev_flags & RXDONE_CRYPTO_IV) &&
+1 -1
drivers/net/wireless/rt2x00/rt2x00queue.c
··· 497 497 /* 498 498 * When hardware encryption is supported, and this frame 499 499 * is to be encrypted, we should strip the IV/EIV data from 500 - * the frame so we can provide it to the driver seperately. 500 + * the frame so we can provide it to the driver separately. 501 501 */ 502 502 if (test_bit(ENTRY_TXD_ENCRYPT, &txdesc.flags) && 503 503 !test_bit(ENTRY_TXD_ENCRYPT_IV, &txdesc.flags)) {
+1 -1
drivers/net/wireless/rt2x00/rt61pci.c
··· 476 476 * The driver does not support the IV/EIV generation 477 477 * in hardware. However it doesn't support the IV/EIV 478 478 * inside the ieee80211 frame either, but requires it 479 - * to be provided seperately for the descriptor. 479 + * to be provided separately for the descriptor. 480 480 * rt2x00lib will cut the IV/EIV data out of all frames 481 481 * given to us by mac80211, but we must tell mac80211 482 482 * to generate the IV/EIV data.
+3 -3
drivers/net/wireless/rt2x00/rt73usb.c
··· 339 339 * The driver does not support the IV/EIV generation 340 340 * in hardware. However it doesn't support the IV/EIV 341 341 * inside the ieee80211 frame either, but requires it 342 - * to be provided seperately for the descriptor. 342 + * to be provided separately for the descriptor. 343 343 * rt2x00lib will cut the IV/EIV data out of all frames 344 344 * given to us by mac80211, but we must tell mac80211 345 345 * to generate the IV/EIV data. ··· 439 439 * The driver does not support the IV/EIV generation 440 440 * in hardware. However it doesn't support the IV/EIV 441 441 * inside the ieee80211 frame either, but requires it 442 - * to be provided seperately for the descriptor. 442 + * to be provided separately for the descriptor. 443 443 * rt2x00lib will cut the IV/EIV data out of all frames 444 444 * given to us by mac80211, but we must tell mac80211 445 445 * to generate the IV/EIV data. ··· 1661 1661 1662 1662 /* 1663 1663 * Hardware has stripped IV/EIV data from 802.11 frame during 1664 - * decryption. It has provided the data seperately but rt2x00lib 1664 + * decryption. It has provided the data separately but rt2x00lib 1665 1665 * should decide if it should be reinserted. 1666 1666 */ 1667 1667 rxdesc->flags |= RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED;
+1 -1
drivers/net/wireless/zd1211rw/zd_mac.c
··· 374 374 * zd_mac_tx_failed - callback for failed frames 375 375 * @dev: the mac80211 wireless device 376 376 * 377 - * This function is called if a frame couldn't be successfully be 377 + * This function is called if a frame couldn't be successfully 378 378 * transferred. The first frame from the tx queue, will be selected and 379 379 * reported as error to the upper layers. 380 380 */
-583
drivers/parport/ChangeLog
··· 1 - 2001-10-11 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 2 - * parport_pc.c, parport_serial.c: Support for NetMos cards. 3 - + Patch originally from Michael Reinelt <reinelt@eunet.at>. 4 - 5 - 2002-04-25 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 6 - 7 - * parport_serial.c, parport_pc.c: Move some SIIG cards around. 8 - Patch from Andrey Panin. 9 - 10 - 2002-01-20 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 11 - 12 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_compat_write_block_pio, 13 - parport_pc_ecp_write_block_pio, parport_pc_ecp_read_block_pio): 14 - Use the default implementations if the caller wants to use 15 - O_NONBLOCK. 16 - 17 - 2002-02-25 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 18 - 19 - * parport_pc.c: Make sure that priv->ctr_writable includes IntEn 20 - even if IRQ is given as a parameter. 21 - 22 - 2002-01-21 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 23 - 24 - * daisy.c: Apply patch from Max Vorobiev to make parport_daisy_select 25 - work for ECP/EPP modes. 26 - 27 - 2002-01-13 Niels Kristian Bech Jensen <nkbj@image.dk> 28 - 29 - * parport_pc.c: Change some occurrences of frob_set_mode to 30 - ECR_WRITE. This fixes PLIP. 31 - 32 - 2002-01-04 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 33 - 34 - * share.c (parport_claim_or_block): Sleep interruptibly to prevent 35 - a possible deadlock. 36 - 37 - 2001-12-07 Damian Gruszka <damian.gruszka@VisionSystems.de> 38 - 39 - * parport_pc.c (ECR_WRITE): Define. If there are forbidden bits 40 - in the ECR register for some chips, this will be a useful place to 41 - put that knowledge. 42 - (change_mode): Use ECR_WRITE. 43 - (parport_pc_restore_state): Likewise. 44 - (parport_ECPPS2_supported): Likewise. 45 - (parport_ECPEPP_supported): Likewise. 46 - (irq_probe_EPP): Likewise. 47 - (programmable_irq_support): Likewise. 48 - (programmable_dma_support): Likewise. 49 - (parport_pc_probe_port): Likewise. 50 - 51 - (frob_set_mode): New function. Set the mode bits of the ECR. 52 - (get_fifo_residue): Use frob_set_mode. 53 - (parport_pc_ecpepp_read_data): Likewise. 54 - (parport_pc_ecpepp_write_data): Likewise. 55 - (parport_pc_ecpepp_read_addr): Likewise. 56 - (parport_pc_ecpepp_write_addr): Likewise. 57 - (parport_pc_compat_write_block_pio): Likewise. 58 - (parport_pc_ecp_write_block_pio): Likewise. 59 - (parport_ECR_present): Likewise. 60 - (parport_ECP_supported): Likewise. 61 - (parport_EPP_supported): Likewise. 62 - (parport_ECPEPP_supported): Likewise. 63 - (programmable_irq_support): Likewise. 64 - (irq_probe_ECP): Likewise. 65 - (programmable_dma_support): Likewise. 66 - 67 - (parport_pc_enable_irq): Only enable interrupts if we know which 68 - IRQ line they will come from. 69 - (parport_pc_init_state): Set nErrIntrEn at initialisation. 70 - (parport_pc_restore_state): Only write writable bits of CTR. 71 - (parport_irq_probe): If no IRQ is found, take ackIntEn out of the 72 - writable bit set. 73 - 74 - 2001-12-07 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 75 - 76 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_fifo_write_block_pio): Correct typo. 77 - (parport_pc_init_state): Only set ackIntEn if we know which IRQ 78 - line the interrupts will come from. 79 - 80 - 2001-12-07 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 81 - 82 - * ieee1284_ops.c (parport_ieee1284_epp_write_addr, 83 - parport_ieee1284_epp_read_addr): Actually do something useful. 84 - 85 - 2001-12-07 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 86 - 87 - * parport_pc.c (dmaval): Don't use DMA by default. It seems to be 88 - too buggy at the moment. Use 'dma=auto' to restore the previous 89 - behaviour. 90 - 91 - 2001-12-07 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 92 - 93 - * daisy.c (DEBUG): Undefine. 94 - 95 - 2001-12-06 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 96 - 97 - * ieee1284_ops.c (parport_ieee1284_ecp_read_data): Mask off 98 - PARPORT_CONTROL_AUTOFD as well. Bug spotted by Joe 99 - <joeja@mindspring.com>. 100 - 101 - 2001-12-03 Rich Liu <Rich.Liu@ite.com.tw> 102 - 103 - * parport_pc.c (sio_ite_8872_probe): ITE8873 is a single-port 104 - serial board, not a serial+parallel. 105 - 106 - 2001-11-30 Niels Kristian Bech Jensen <nkbj@image.dk> 107 - 108 - * parport_pc.c: Fix compiler warning. 109 - 110 - 2001-11-14 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 111 - 112 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_pci_probe): Hooks for PCI cards before 113 - and after probing for ports. 114 - * parport_serial.c (parport_register): Likewise. 115 - 116 - 2001-11-12 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 117 - 118 - * parport_pc.c (init_module): Warn when parameters are ignored. 119 - 120 - 2001-11-01 Damian Gruszka <damian.gruszka@VisionSystems.de> 121 - 122 - * parport_serial.c (serial_register): Set base_baud before 123 - calling register_serial. 124 - 125 - 2001-10-26 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 126 - 127 - * parport_pc.c (parport_irq_probe): When ECR programmable IRQ 128 - support fails, generate interrupts using the FIFO even if we don't 129 - want to use the FIFO for real data transfers. 130 - (parport_pc_probe_port): Display the ECR address if we have an 131 - ECR, not just if we will use the FIFO. 132 - 133 - 2001-10-24 Dave Strauss <D.Strauss@motorola.com> 134 - 135 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_compat_write_block_pio, 136 - parport_pc_ecp_write_block_pio): Allow a few seconds for an ECP 137 - transfer to finish up. 138 - 139 - 2001-10-11 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 140 - 141 - * parport_pc (sio_ite_8872_probe): New function, submitted by Rich 142 - Liu from ITE. Cleaned up, removed bogus phys_to_virt calls. 143 - 144 - 2001-10-24 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 145 - 146 - * parport_pc.c: Support for AKS AladdinCARD. Patch from 147 - Aladdin Knowledge Systems (Christian Groessler). 148 - 149 - 2001-10-24 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 150 - 151 - * ieee1284_ops.c (parport_ieee1284_ecp_read_data): Try to minimise 152 - turnaround time. 153 - 154 - * ieee1284.c (parport_poll_peripheral): Try a couple of times 155 - first without delaying. 156 - 157 - 2001-10-10 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 158 - 159 - * parport_pc.c: Support for OX16PCI954 PCI card. 160 - 161 - 2001-10-10 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 162 - 163 - * parport_pc.c: Support for OX12PCI840 PCI card (reported by 164 - mk@daveg.com). Lock-ups diagnosed by Ronnie Arosa (and now we 165 - just don't trust its ECR). 166 - 167 - 2001-10-10 Gunther Mayer <gunther.mayer@braunschweig.okersurf.de> 168 - 169 - * parport_pc.c: Support for AVLAB cards. 170 - 171 - 2001-10-10 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 172 - 173 - * ieee1284_ops.c (ecp_forward_to_reverse, ecp_reverse_to_forward): 174 - Remember to retry direction switch if it fails. Patch from David 175 - Lambert. 176 - 177 - 2001-10-08 David C. Hansen <haveblue@us.ibm.com> 178 - 179 - * share.c: Make driverlist_lock and parportlist_lock static. 180 - 181 - 2001-10-08 Philip Blundell <philb@gnu.org> 182 - 183 - * parport_pc.c: New modular parameter verbose_logging. 184 - Make port->modes indicate the modes that we are prepared to use, 185 - rather than the modes that are available. 186 - 187 - 2001-10-07 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 188 - 189 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_probe_port): Fix memory leak spotted by 190 - Kipp Cannon. 191 - 192 - 2001-10-07 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 193 - 194 - * parport_serial.c: Remove NetMos support, since it causes problems 195 - for some people. 196 - 197 - 2001-08-30 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 198 - 199 - * parport_serial.c (parport_serial_pci_probe): Clean-up on partial 200 - registration failure. 201 - 202 - 2001-08-14 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 203 - 204 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_init_superio): Allow for more than one 205 - SuperIO device. Patch from Rich Lio (ITE). 206 - 207 - 2001-08-11 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 208 - 209 - * parport_pc.c: Support for Titan Electronics cards. 210 - 211 - 2001-08-08 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 212 - 213 - * share.c (parport_unregister_device): Remove device from wait list 214 - too. 215 - 216 - 2001-06-20 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 217 - 218 - * parport_pc.c: Make 'io_hi=0' work. 219 - 220 - 2001-05-31 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 221 - 222 - * parport_serial.c: New file. 223 - 224 - 2001-06-05 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 225 - 226 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_unregister_port): New exported function. 227 - Do the opposite of parport_pc_probe_port. 228 - (cleanup_module): Use it. 229 - 230 - 2001-05-22 Juan Quintela <quintela@mandrakesoft.com> 231 - 232 - * parport_amiga.c: Set printk levels. 233 - * parport_gsc.c: Likewise. 234 - * parport_mfc3.c: Likewise. 235 - * parport_pc.c: Likewise. 236 - * parport_sunbpp.c: Likewise. 237 - * probe.c: Likewise. 238 - * share.c: Likewise. 239 - 240 - 2001-05-10 Fred Barnes <frmb2@ukc.ac.uk> 241 - 242 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_epp_read_data): added support for 243 - reading from a w91284pic peripheral, flag is PARPORT_W91284PIC. 244 - 245 - 2001-05-07 Fred Barnes <frmb2@ukc.ac.uk> 246 - 247 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_epp_read_data, 248 - parport_pc_epp_write_data, parport_pc_epp_read_addr, 249 - parport_pc_epp_write_addr): support for fast reads/writes using 250 - the PARPORT_EPP_FAST flag. 251 - 252 - * ieee1284.c (parport_read, parport_write): added code to handle 253 - software EPP mode (IEEE1284_MODE_EPPSWE). Added code to allow 254 - BYTE mode reverse transfers (previously always went for NIBBLE 255 - mode). 256 - 257 - * ieee1284_ops.c (parport_ieee1284_epp_read_data, 258 - parport_ieee1284_epp_write_data): fixed various polarity problems. 259 - Also (theoretically) fixed address versions (.._addr), but no 260 - hardware to test this on. 261 - 262 - * parport_pc.h: added parport_dump_state() function for debugging. 263 - Needs to have DEBUG_PARPORT to be defined for it to be included. 264 - 265 - 2001-05-03 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 266 - 267 - * parport_pc.c: Fix the compile problem I introduce from the last 268 - change. 269 - 270 - 2001-04-20 Paul Gortmaker <p_gortmaker@yahoo.com> 271 - 272 - * parport_pc.c: Cut down the size quite a bit (more than 4k off 273 - the object, about 1k off the zImage) for the older non-PCI 274 - machines which are typically resource starved anyway... 275 - 276 - 2001-03-26 R Horn <rjh@world.std.com> 277 - 278 - * parport_pc.c: Some commentary changes. 279 - 280 - 2001-04-19 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 281 - 282 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_probe_port): Remove __devinit 283 - attribute. Export unconditionally. 284 - 285 - 2001-04-14 Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@pobox.com> 286 - 287 - Merged: 2001-03-30 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 288 - 289 - * drivers/parport/parport_pc.c: Make Via SuperIO chipsets behave 290 - like everything else with respect to irq= and dma= parameters. 291 - 292 - 2001-04-08 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 293 - 294 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_save_state): Read from the soft copy of 295 - the control port. 296 - (parport_pc_restore_state): Update the soft copy of the control 297 - port. 298 - 299 - 2001-03-26 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 300 - 301 - * share.c (parport_find_number, parport_find_base): Trigger 302 - a lowlevel driver load if there are no ports yet. 303 - 304 - 2001-03-26 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 305 - 306 - * parport_pc.c (parport_ECP_supported): Remove the IRQ conflict 307 - check since it seems totally unreliable. 308 - 309 - 2001-03-02 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 310 - 311 - * ieee1284_ops.c (parport_ieee1284_read_nibble): Reset nAutoFd 312 - on timeout. Matches 2.2.x behaviour. 313 - 314 - 2001-03-02 Andrew Morton 315 - 316 - * parport_pc.c (registered_parport): New static variable. 317 - (parport_pc_find_ports): Set it when we register PCI driver. 318 - (init_module): Unregister PCI driver if necessary when we 319 - fail. 320 - 321 - 2001-03-02 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 322 - 323 - * ieee1284_ops.c (parport_ieee1284_write_compat): Don't use 324 - down_trylock to reset the IRQ count. Don't even use sema_init, 325 - because it's not even necessary to reset the count. I can't 326 - remember why we ever did. 327 - 328 - 2001-01-04 Peter Osterlund <peter.osterlund@mailbox.swipnet.se> 329 - 330 - * ieee1284.c (parport_negotiate): Fix missing printk argument. 331 - 332 - 2001-01-03 Paul Schleger <Paul.Schleger@t-online.de> 333 - 334 - * probe.c (parse_data): Get rid of trailing blanks in values. 335 - Needed for XEROX XJ8C printer. 336 - 337 - 2001-01-03 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 338 - 339 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_probe_port): Say something when probes 340 - are omitted. 341 - 342 - 2001-01-03 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 343 - 344 - * parport_pc.c (sio_via_686a_probe): Correct dma=255 fix. 345 - 346 - 2000-11-21 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 347 - 348 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_ecp_write_block_pio): Fix 349 - reverse-to-forward logic. Spotted by Roland Kuck 350 - <rci@cityweb.de>. 351 - 352 - 2000-09-16 Cesar Eduardo Barros <cesarb@nitnet.com.br> 353 - 354 - * parport_pc.c (sio_via_686a_probe): Handle case 355 - where hardware returns 255 for IRQ or DMA. 356 - 357 - 2000-07-20 Eddie C. Dost <ecd@skynet.be> 358 - 359 - * share.c (attach_driver_chain): attach[i](port) needs to be 360 - replaced by attach[count](port). 361 - 362 - 2000-07-20 Eddie C. Dost <ecd@skynet.be> 363 - 364 - * daisy.c (add_dev): kmalloc args are in wrong order. 365 - 366 - 2000-07-12 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 367 - 368 - * share.c: Documentation for parport_{get,port}_port, 369 - parport_find_{number,base}. 370 - 371 - 2000-07-12 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 372 - 373 - * share.c (parport_unregister_device): Remove unneeded locking 374 - (test cad==dev). 375 - (parport_claim): Likewise. 376 - (parport_find_number): New function. 377 - 378 - 2000-07-12 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 379 - 380 - * share.c (parport_register_port): Hold the parportlist_lock while 381 - looking for a free parport number. 382 - (parport_register_driver): Make sure that attach can block. 383 - (attach_driver_chain): Likewise. 384 - 385 - 2000-07-12 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 386 - 387 - * share.c (call_driver_chain): Do reference counting things. 388 - (parport_get_port): New function. 389 - (parport_put_port): New function. 390 - (parport_register_port): Initialise reference count to zero. 391 - (parport_unregister_port): Check reference count rather than 392 - driver list to see if we can free the port. 393 - 394 - 2000-07-12 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 395 - 396 - * share.c: Clarifications in doc comments. 397 - 398 - 2000-07-12 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 399 - 400 - * share.c (parport_unregister_port): Fix typo in comment. 401 - 402 - 2000-07-11 Gunther Mayer <gunther.mayer@braunschweig.okersurf.de> 403 - 404 - * parport_pc.c: Support for the full range of Timedia cards. 405 - 406 - 2000-07-08 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 407 - 408 - * daisy.c: License block comments as part of parportbook. 409 - * ieee1284.c: Likewise. 410 - * share.c: Likewise. 411 - 412 - 2000-06-30 Petr Vandrovec <vandrove@vc.cvut.cz> 413 - 414 - * procfs.c (do_hardware_modes): Generated string can be up to 34 415 - chars long. 416 - 417 - 2000-06-20 Gunther Mayer <gunther.mayer@braunschweig.okersurf.de> 418 - 419 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_compat_write_block_pio): Warn about 420 - change_mode failures. 421 - (parport_pc_ecp_write_block_pio): Likewise. 422 - (parport_pc_ecp_read_block_pio): Likewise. 423 - 424 - 2000-06-20 Gunther Mayer <gunther.mayer@braunschweig.okersurf.de> 425 - 426 - * parport_pc.c (parport_SPP_supported): Warn more about possibly 427 - incorrect parameters. 428 - 429 - 2000-06-15 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 430 - 431 - * parport_pc.c (parport_ECP_supported): Set PARPORT_MODE_COMPAT 432 - for ECP ports, since they can all do hardware accelerated 433 - compatibility mode (I assume). 434 - 435 - 2000-06-13 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 436 - 437 - * parport_pc.c (cleanup_module): Remark about possible bugs. 438 - 439 - 2000-06-13 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 440 - 441 - * procfs.c: Break 'hardware' out into separate files. 442 - 443 - 2000-05-28 Gunther Mayer <gunther.mayer@braunschweig.okersurf.de> 444 - 445 - * Fix PCI ID printk for non-superio PCI cards. 446 - 447 - 2000-05-28 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 448 - 449 - * share.c (call_driver_chain): Get the driverlist_lock. 450 - (parport_register_device): Make sure that port->devices always 451 - looks consistent. 452 - (parport_register_driver): Ensure that parport drivers are given 453 - parameters that are valid for the duration of the callback by 454 - locking the portlist against changes. 455 - (parport_unregister_driver): Likewise. 456 - (parport_claim): Don't overwrite flags. 457 - 458 - 2000-05-28 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 459 - 460 - * daisy.c (assign_addrs): Avoid double-probing daisy-chain devices 461 - if the first probe succeeds. 462 - 463 - 2000-05-16 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 464 - 465 - * share.c (parport_claim): Fix SMP race. 466 - 467 - 2000-05-15 Gunther Mayer <gunther.mayer@braunschweig.okersurf.de> 468 - 469 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_compat_write_block_pio): Check for 470 - timeouts. 471 - (parport_pc_ecp_write_block_pio): Likewise. 472 - (parport_pc_ecp_read_block_pio): Likewise. 473 - 474 - 2000-05-02 Gunther Mayer <gunther.mayer@braunschweig.okersurf.de> 475 - 476 - * parport_pc.c: PCI SYBA patch and verbose PCI detection. 477 - 478 - 2000-05-02 Gunther Mayer <gunther.mayer@braunschweig.okersurf.de> 479 - 480 - * parport_pc.c (decode_smsc): Fix SMSC 665/666 identification. 481 - 482 - 2000-04-28 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 483 - 484 - * ieee1284.c: Short function descriptions can't be multiline. 485 - 486 - * daisy.c: Short function descriptions can't be multiline. 487 - 488 - 2000-04-19 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 489 - 490 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_fifo_write_block_dma): Make maxlen 491 - calculation a bit clearer. 492 - 493 - * ieee1284.c (parport_negotiate): Turn on data line drivers. 494 - 495 - * ieee1284_ops.c (parport_ieee1284_read_byte): Turn off data line 496 - drivers. 497 - (parport_ieee1284_write_compat): Turn on data line drivers. 498 - 499 - * daisy.c (assign_addrs): Turn on data line drivers. 500 - (cpp_mux): Likewise. 501 - (cpp_daisy): Likewise. 502 - 503 - 2000-04-04 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 504 - 505 - * parport_pc.c: Add support for another PCI card. 506 - 507 - 2000-04-04 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 508 - 509 - * daisy.c: Documentation in kernel-doc format. 510 - 511 - * ieee1284.c: Likewise. 512 - 513 - * share.c: Likewise. 514 - 515 - 2000-04-01 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 516 - 517 - * share.c (parport_register_device): Need to hold the module 518 - reference counts before sleeping. 519 - 520 - 2000-03-27 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 521 - 522 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_ecp_read_block_pio): Correct operation 523 - when peripheral is trying to send data when we stop listening. 524 - 525 - 2000-03-22 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 526 - 527 - * init.c (parport_setup): Fix return value. 528 - 529 - 2000-03-21 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 530 - 531 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_pci_probe): Fix return value; call 532 - pci_enable_device. 533 - 534 - 2000-03-16 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 535 - 536 - * parport_pc.c (parport_ECP_supported): This seems to trigger on 537 - machines that don't have an IRQ conflict; toned down the warning 538 - message accordingly. 539 - 540 - 2000-03-16 Gunther Mayer <gunther.mayer@braunschweig.netsurf.de> 541 - 542 - * parport_pc.c (show_parconfig_smsc37c669): Fix typo. 543 - (decode_winbond): More IDs. 544 - (winbond_check): Protect against false positives. 545 - (winbond_check2): Likewise. 546 - (smsc_check): Likewise. 547 - 548 - 2000-03-15 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 549 - 550 - * parport_pc.c (cleanup_module): Don't call pci_unregister_driver 551 - if we didn't call pci_register_driver first. 552 - 553 - 2000-03-13 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 554 - 555 - * parport_pc.c (parport_pc_init): Moved from asm/parport.h. 556 - 557 - * Config.in: CONFIG_PARPORT_PC_SUPERIO: new option. 558 - 559 - * parport_pc.c (show_parconfig_smsc37c669): Make __devinit. 560 - (show_parconfig_winbond): Likewise. 561 - (decode_winbond): Likewise. 562 - (decode_smsc): Likewise. 563 - (winbond_check): Likewise. 564 - (winbond_check2): Likewise. 565 - (smsc_check): Likewise. 566 - (detect_and_report_winbond): Likewise. 567 - (detect_and_report_smsc): Likewise. 568 - (get_superio_dma): Likewise. 569 - (get_superio_irq): Likewise. 570 - (parport_pc_find_isa_ports): New function. 571 - (parport_pc_find_ports): New function. 572 - (init_module): Make superio a config option, not a parameter. 573 - 574 - 2000-03-10 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 575 - 576 - * parport_pc.c (decode_winbond): Use correct 83877ATF chip ID. 577 - (decode_winbond): Fix typo. 578 - 579 - 2000-03-09 Tim Waugh <twaugh@redhat.com> 580 - 581 - * parport_pc.c: Integrate SuperIO PCI probe with normal PCI card 582 - probe, so that the MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE is complete. 583 -
+2 -2
drivers/platform/x86/thinkpad_acpi.c
··· 1668 1668 * Table of recommended minimum BIOS versions 1669 1669 * 1670 1670 * Reasons for listing: 1671 - * 1. Stable BIOS, listed because the unknown ammount of 1671 + * 1. Stable BIOS, listed because the unknown amount of 1672 1672 * bugs and bad ACPI behaviour on older versions 1673 1673 * 1674 1674 * 2. BIOS or EC fw with known bugs that trigger on Linux ··· 7108 7108 * 7109 7109 * Fan speed changes of any sort (including those caused by the 7110 7110 * disengaged mode) are usually done slowly by the firmware as the 7111 - * maximum ammount of fan duty cycle change per second seems to be 7111 + * maximum amount of fan duty cycle change per second seems to be 7112 7112 * limited. 7113 7113 * 7114 7114 * Reading is not available if GFAN exists.
+1 -1
drivers/s390/char/raw3270.c
··· 373 373 rq->rc = ccw_device_start(rp->cdev, &rq->ccw, 374 374 (unsigned long) rq, 0, 0); 375 375 if (rq->rc == 0) 376 - return; /* Sucessfully restarted. */ 376 + return; /* Successfully restarted. */ 377 377 break; 378 378 case RAW3270_IO_STOP: 379 379 if (!rq)
+1 -1
drivers/s390/char/sclp.c
··· 196 196 req->start_count++; 197 197 198 198 if (rc == 0) { 199 - /* Sucessfully started request */ 199 + /* Successfully started request */ 200 200 req->status = SCLP_REQ_RUNNING; 201 201 sclp_running_state = sclp_running_state_running; 202 202 __sclp_set_request_timer(SCLP_RETRY_INTERVAL * HZ,
+1 -1
drivers/scsi/a100u2w.c
··· 492 492 * init_orchid - initialise the host adapter 493 493 * @host:host adapter to initialise 494 494 * 495 - * Initialise the controller and if neccessary load the firmware. 495 + * Initialise the controller and if necessary load the firmware. 496 496 * 497 497 * Returns -1 if the initialisation fails. 498 498 */
+1 -1
drivers/scsi/initio.c
··· 531 531 * initio_stop_bm - stop bus master 532 532 * @host: InitIO we are stopping 533 533 * 534 - * Stop any pending DMA operation, aborting the DMA if neccessary 534 + * Stop any pending DMA operation, aborting the DMA if necessary 535 535 */ 536 536 537 537 static void initio_stop_bm(struct initio_host * host)
+2 -2
drivers/scsi/libfc/fc_fcp.c
··· 48 48 #define FC_SRB_CMD_SENT (1 << 0) /* cmd has been sent */ 49 49 #define FC_SRB_RCV_STATUS (1 << 1) /* response has arrived */ 50 50 #define FC_SRB_ABORT_PENDING (1 << 2) /* cmd abort sent to device */ 51 - #define FC_SRB_ABORTED (1 << 3) /* abort acknowleged */ 51 + #define FC_SRB_ABORTED (1 << 3) /* abort acknowledged */ 52 52 #define FC_SRB_DISCONTIG (1 << 4) /* non-sequential data recvd */ 53 53 #define FC_SRB_COMPL (1 << 5) /* fc_io_compl has been run */ 54 54 #define FC_SRB_FCP_PROCESSING_TMO (1 << 6) /* timer function processing */ ··· 519 519 * 520 520 * Called after receiving a Transfer Ready data descriptor. 521 521 * If the LLD is capable of sequence offload then send down the 522 - * seq_blen ammount of data in single frame, otherwise send 522 + * seq_blen amount of data in single frame, otherwise send 523 523 * multiple frames of the maximum frame payload supported by 524 524 * the target port. 525 525 */
+2 -2
drivers/scsi/lpfc/lpfc_els.c
··· 981 981 * function returns, it does not guarantee all the IOCBs are actually aborted. 982 982 * 983 983 * Return code 984 - * 0 - Sucessfully issued abort iocb on all outstanding flogis (Always 0) 984 + * 0 - Successfully issued abort iocb on all outstanding flogis (Always 0) 985 985 **/ 986 986 int 987 987 lpfc_els_abort_flogi(struct lpfc_hba *phba) ··· 3129 3129 if (ndlp && NLP_CHK_NODE_ACT(ndlp) && 3130 3130 (*((uint32_t *) (pcmd)) == ELS_CMD_LS_RJT)) { 3131 3131 /* A LS_RJT associated with Default RPI cleanup has its own 3132 - * seperate code path. 3132 + * separate code path. 3133 3133 */ 3134 3134 if (!(ndlp->nlp_flag & NLP_RM_DFLT_RPI)) 3135 3135 ls_rjt = 1;
+2 -2
drivers/scsi/lpfc/lpfc_scsi.c
··· 1575 1575 case LPFC_PG_TYPE_NO_DIF: 1576 1576 num_bde = lpfc_bg_setup_bpl(phba, scsi_cmnd, bpl, 1577 1577 datasegcnt); 1578 - /* we shoud have 2 or more entries in buffer list */ 1578 + /* we should have 2 or more entries in buffer list */ 1579 1579 if (num_bde < 2) 1580 1580 goto err; 1581 1581 break; ··· 1612 1612 1613 1613 num_bde = lpfc_bg_setup_bpl_prot(phba, scsi_cmnd, bpl, 1614 1614 datasegcnt, protsegcnt); 1615 - /* we shoud have 3 or more entries in buffer list */ 1615 + /* we should have 3 or more entries in buffer list */ 1616 1616 if (num_bde < 3) 1617 1617 goto err; 1618 1618 break;
+1 -1
drivers/scsi/pcmcia/nsp_cs.h
··· 187 187 #define S_IO BIT(1) /* Input/Output line from SCSI bus */ 188 188 #define S_CD BIT(2) /* Command/Data line from SCSI bus */ 189 189 #define S_BUSY BIT(3) /* Busy line from SCSI bus */ 190 - #define S_ACK BIT(4) /* Acknowlege line from SCSI bus */ 190 + #define S_ACK BIT(4) /* Acknowledge line from SCSI bus */ 191 191 #define S_REQUEST BIT(5) /* Request line from SCSI bus */ 192 192 #define S_SELECT BIT(6) /* */ 193 193 #define S_ATN BIT(7) /* */
+1 -1
drivers/scsi/pm8001/pm8001_hwi.c
··· 2924 2924 break; 2925 2925 default: 2926 2926 PM8001_MSG_DBG(pm8001_ha, 2927 - pm8001_printk("unkown device type(%x)\n", deviceType)); 2927 + pm8001_printk("unknown device type(%x)\n", deviceType)); 2928 2928 break; 2929 2929 } 2930 2930 phy->phy_type |= PORT_TYPE_SAS;
+1 -1
drivers/scsi/pm8001/pm8001_sas.c
··· 600 600 * by the command "OPC_INB_REG_DEV", after that the HBA will assign a 601 601 * device ID(according to device's sas address) and returned it to LLDD. From 602 602 * now on, we communicate with HBA FW with the device ID which HBA assigned 603 - * rather than sas address. it is the neccessary step for our HBA but it is 603 + * rather than sas address. it is the necessary step for our HBA but it is 604 604 * the optional for other HBA driver. 605 605 */ 606 606 static int pm8001_dev_found_notify(struct domain_device *dev)
+1 -1
drivers/scsi/pmcraid.h
··· 938 938 939 939 /* 940 940 * pmcraid_ioctl_header - definition of header structure that preceeds all the 941 - * buffers given as ioctl arguements. 941 + * buffers given as ioctl arguments. 942 942 * 943 943 * .signature : always ASCII string, "PMCRAID" 944 944 * .reserved : not used
+1 -1
drivers/scsi/sd.c
··· 2111 2111 * which is followed by sdaaa. 2112 2112 * 2113 2113 * This is basically 26 base counting with one extra 'nil' entry 2114 - * at the beggining from the second digit on and can be 2114 + * at the beginning from the second digit on and can be 2115 2115 * determined using similar method as 26 base conversion with the 2116 2116 * index shifted -1 after each digit is computed. 2117 2117 *
+1 -1
drivers/serial/samsung.c
··· 1271 1271 unsigned long ufstat, utrstat; 1272 1272 1273 1273 if (ufcon & S3C2410_UFCON_FIFOMODE) { 1274 - /* fifo mode - check ammount of data in fifo registers... */ 1274 + /* fifo mode - check amount of data in fifo registers... */ 1275 1275 1276 1276 ufstat = rd_regl(port, S3C2410_UFSTAT); 1277 1277 return (ufstat & info->tx_fifofull) ? 0 : 1;
+1 -1
drivers/spi/spi_s3c24xx.c
··· 275 275 * Claim the FIQ handler (only one can be active at any one time) and 276 276 * then setup the correct transfer code for this transfer. 277 277 * 278 - * This call updates all the necessary state information if sucessful, 278 + * This call updates all the necessary state information if successful, 279 279 * so the caller does not need to do anything more than start the transfer 280 280 * as normal, since the IRQ will have been re-routed to the FIQ handler. 281 281 */
+1 -1
drivers/usb/musb/davinci.c
··· 274 274 /* NOTE: DaVinci shadows the Mentor IRQs. Don't manage them through 275 275 * the Mentor registers (except for setup), use the TI ones and EOI. 276 276 * 277 - * Docs describe irq "vector" registers asociated with the CPPI and 277 + * Docs describe irq "vector" registers associated with the CPPI and 278 278 * USB EOI registers. These hold a bitmask corresponding to the 279 279 * current IRQ, not an irq handler address. Would using those bits 280 280 * resolve some of the races observed in this dispatch code??
+1 -1
drivers/usb/musb/musb_regs.h
··· 491 491 #define MUSB_FLAT_OFFSET(_epnum, _offset) \ 492 492 (USB_OFFSET(USB_EP_NI0_TXMAXP) + (0x40 * (_epnum)) + (_offset)) 493 493 494 - /* Not implemented - HW has seperate Tx/Rx FIFO */ 494 + /* Not implemented - HW has separate Tx/Rx FIFO */ 495 495 #define MUSB_TXCSR_MODE 0x0000 496 496 497 497 static inline void musb_write_txfifosz(void __iomem *mbase, u8 c_size)
+1 -1
drivers/usb/serial/cypress_m8.c
··· 152 152 int isthrottled; /* if throttled, discard reads */ 153 153 wait_queue_head_t delta_msr_wait; /* used for TIOCMIWAIT */ 154 154 char prev_status, diff_status; /* used for TIOCMIWAIT */ 155 - /* we pass a pointer to this as the arguement sent to 155 + /* we pass a pointer to this as the argument sent to 156 156 cypress_set_termios old_termios */ 157 157 struct ktermios tmp_termios; /* stores the old termios settings */ 158 158 };
+1 -1
drivers/usb/serial/opticon.c
··· 115 115 } 116 116 } else { 117 117 dev_dbg(&priv->udev->dev, 118 - "Improper ammount of data received from the device, " 118 + "Improper amount of data received from the device, " 119 119 "%d bytes", urb->actual_length); 120 120 } 121 121
+1 -1
drivers/usb/serial/symbolserial.c
··· 94 94 } 95 95 } else { 96 96 dev_dbg(&priv->udev->dev, 97 - "Improper ammount of data received from the device, " 97 + "Improper amount of data received from the device, " 98 98 "%d bytes", urb->actual_length); 99 99 } 100 100
+1 -1
drivers/usb/wusbcore/wusbhc.h
··· 198 198 * ports) this HC will take. Read-only. 199 199 * 200 200 * @port Array of port status for each fake root port. Guaranteed to 201 - * always be the same lenght during device existence 201 + * always be the same length during device existence 202 202 * [this allows for some unlocked but referenced reading]. 203 203 * 204 204 * @mmcies_max Max number of Information Elements this HC can send
+2 -2
drivers/uwb/i1480/i1480-est.c
··· 54 54 .size = sizeof(struct i1480_rceb) + 2 }, 55 55 }; 56 56 57 - static int i1480_est_init(void) 57 + static int __init i1480_est_init(void) 58 58 { 59 59 int result = uwb_est_register(i1480_CET_VS1, 0x00, 0x8086, 0x0c3b, 60 60 i1480_est_fd00, ··· 73 73 } 74 74 module_init(i1480_est_init); 75 75 76 - static void i1480_est_exit(void) 76 + static void __exit i1480_est_exit(void) 77 77 { 78 78 uwb_est_unregister(i1480_CET_VS1, 0x00, 0x8086, 0x0c3b, 79 79 i1480_est_fd00, ARRAY_SIZE(i1480_est_fd00));
+1 -1
drivers/uwb/uwbd.c
··· 43 43 * 44 44 * EVENTS 45 45 * 46 - * Events have a type, a subtype, a lenght, some other stuff and the 46 + * Events have a type, a subtype, a length, some other stuff and the 47 47 * data blob, which depends on the event. The header is 'struct 48 48 * uwb_event'; for payloads, see 'struct uwbd_evt_*'. 49 49 *
+1 -1
drivers/video/68328fb.c
··· 308 308 * Pseudocolor: 309 309 * uses offset = 0 && length = RAMDAC register width. 310 310 * var->{color}.offset is 0 311 - * var->{color}.length contains widht of DAC 311 + * var->{color}.length contains width of DAC 312 312 * cmap is not used 313 313 * RAMDAC[X] is programmed to (red, green, blue) 314 314 * Truecolor:
+1 -1
drivers/video/mbx/mbxfb.c
··· 693 693 unsigned long tmp; 694 694 int i; 695 695 696 - /* FIXME: use platfrom specific parameters */ 696 + /* FIXME: use platform specific parameters */ 697 697 /* setup SDRAM controller */ 698 698 write_reg_dly((LMCFG_LMC_DS | LMCFG_LMC_TS | LMCFG_LMD_TS | 699 699 LMCFG_LMA_TS),
+1 -1
drivers/video/omap/lcdc.c
··· 389 389 /* 390 390 * Configure the LCD DMA for a palette load operation and do the palette 391 391 * downloading synchronously. We don't use the frame+palette load mode of 392 - * the controller, since the palette can always be downloaded seperately. 392 + * the controller, since the palette can always be downloaded separately. 393 393 */ 394 394 static void load_palette(void) 395 395 {
+1 -1
drivers/video/pm2fb.c
··· 896 896 * Pseudocolor: 897 897 * uses offset = 0 && length = DAC register width. 898 898 * var->{color}.offset is 0 899 - * var->{color}.length contains widht of DAC 899 + * var->{color}.length contains width of DAC 900 900 * cmap is not used 901 901 * DAC[X] is programmed to (red, green, blue) 902 902 * Truecolor:
+2 -2
drivers/video/s1d13xxxfb.c
··· 517 517 src = (sy * stride) + (bpp * sx); 518 518 } 519 519 520 - /* set source adress */ 520 + /* set source address */ 521 521 s1d13xxxfb_writereg(info->par, S1DREG_BBLT_SRC_START0, (src & 0xff)); 522 522 s1d13xxxfb_writereg(info->par, S1DREG_BBLT_SRC_START1, (src >> 8) & 0x00ff); 523 523 s1d13xxxfb_writereg(info->par, S1DREG_BBLT_SRC_START2, (src >> 16) & 0x00ff); 524 524 525 - /* set destination adress */ 525 + /* set destination address */ 526 526 s1d13xxxfb_writereg(info->par, S1DREG_BBLT_DST_START0, (dst & 0xff)); 527 527 s1d13xxxfb_writereg(info->par, S1DREG_BBLT_DST_START1, (dst >> 8) & 0x00ff); 528 528 s1d13xxxfb_writereg(info->par, S1DREG_BBLT_DST_START2, (dst >> 16) & 0x00ff);
+1 -1
drivers/video/sm501fb.c
··· 411 411 struct sm501fb_par *par = info->par; 412 412 struct sm501fb_info *fbi = par->info; 413 413 unsigned long pixclock; /* pixelclock in Hz */ 414 - unsigned long sm501pixclock; /* pixelclock the 501 can achive in Hz */ 414 + unsigned long sm501pixclock; /* pixelclock the 501 can achieve in Hz */ 415 415 unsigned int mem_type; 416 416 unsigned int clock_type; 417 417 unsigned int head_addr;
+1 -1
drivers/video/sstfb.c
··· 1102 1102 * detect dac type 1103 1103 * prerequisite : write to FbiInitx enabled, video and fbi and pci fifo reset, 1104 1104 * dram refresh disabled, FbiInit remaped. 1105 - * TODO: mmh.. maybe i shoud put the "prerequisite" in the func ... 1105 + * TODO: mmh.. maybe i should put the "prerequisite" in the func ... 1106 1106 */ 1107 1107 1108 1108
+2 -2
drivers/w1/w1.c
··· 986 986 return 0; 987 987 } 988 988 989 - static int w1_init(void) 989 + static int __init w1_init(void) 990 990 { 991 991 int retval; 992 992 ··· 1034 1034 return retval; 1035 1035 } 1036 1036 1037 - static void w1_fini(void) 1037 + static void __exit w1_fini(void) 1038 1038 { 1039 1039 struct w1_master *dev; 1040 1040
+1 -1
drivers/zorro/zorro.ids
··· 108 108 0c00 500XP/SupraDrive WordSync [SCSI Host Adapter] 109 109 0d00 SupraDrive WordSync II [SCSI Host Adapter] 110 110 1000 2400zi+ [Modem] 111 - 0422 Computer Systems Assosiates 111 + 0422 Computer Systems Associates 112 112 1100 Magnum 40 [Accelerator and SCSI Host Adapter] 113 113 1500 12 Gauge [SCSI Host Adapter] 114 114 0439 Marc Michael Groth
+1 -1
fs/affs/bitmap.c
··· 128 128 /* 129 129 * Allocate a block in the given allocation zone. 130 130 * Since we have to byte-swap the bitmap on little-endian 131 - * machines, this is rather expensive. Therefor we will 131 + * machines, this is rather expensive. Therefore we will 132 132 * preallocate up to 16 blocks from the same word, if 133 133 * possible. We are not doing preallocations in the 134 134 * header zone, though.
+1 -1
fs/binfmt_elf_fdpic.c
··· 1374 1374 1375 1375 /* 1376 1376 * fill up all the fields in prstatus from the given task struct, except 1377 - * registers which need to be filled up seperately. 1377 + * registers which need to be filled up separately. 1378 1378 */ 1379 1379 static void fill_prstatus(struct elf_prstatus *prstatus, 1380 1380 struct task_struct *p, long signr)
+3 -4
fs/bio.c
··· 264 264 * bio_alloc_bioset - allocate a bio for I/O 265 265 * @gfp_mask: the GFP_ mask given to the slab allocator 266 266 * @nr_iovecs: number of iovecs to pre-allocate 267 - * @bs: the bio_set to allocate from. If %NULL, just use kmalloc 267 + * @bs: the bio_set to allocate from. 268 268 * 269 269 * Description: 270 - * bio_alloc_bioset will first try its own mempool to satisfy the allocation. 270 + * bio_alloc_bioset will try its own mempool to satisfy the allocation. 271 271 * If %__GFP_WAIT is set then we will block on the internal pool waiting 272 - * for a &struct bio to become free. If a %NULL @bs is passed in, we will 273 - * fall back to just using @kmalloc to allocate the required memory. 272 + * for a &struct bio to become free. 274 273 * 275 274 * Note that the caller must set ->bi_destructor on successful return 276 275 * of a bio, to do the appropriate freeing of the bio once the reference
+1 -1
fs/buffer.c
··· 2893 2893 2894 2894 /* 2895 2895 * The page straddles i_size. It must be zeroed out on each and every 2896 - * writepage invokation because it may be mmapped. "A file is mapped 2896 + * writepage invocation because it may be mmapped. "A file is mapped 2897 2897 * in multiples of the page size. For a file that is not a multiple of 2898 2898 * the page size, the remaining memory is zeroed when mapped, and 2899 2899 * writes to that region are not written out to the file."
+1 -1
fs/cifs/asn1.c
··· 136 136 return 0; 137 137 } 138 138 139 - ch = *(ctx->pointer)++; /* ch has 0xa, ptr points to lenght octet */ 139 + ch = *(ctx->pointer)++; /* ch has 0xa, ptr points to length octet */ 140 140 if ((ch) == ASN1_ENUM) /* if ch value is ENUM, 0xa */ 141 141 *val = *(++(ctx->pointer)); /* value has enum value */ 142 142 else
+1 -1
fs/cifs/cifs_dfs_ref.c
··· 54 54 * Extracts sharename form full UNC. 55 55 * i.e. strips from UNC trailing path that is not part of share 56 56 * name and fixup missing '\' in the begining of DFS node refferal 57 - * if neccessary. 57 + * if necessary. 58 58 * Returns pointer to share name on success or ERR_PTR on error. 59 59 * Caller is responsible for freeing returned string. 60 60 */
+1 -1
fs/cifs/cifssmb.c
··· 3886 3886 goto parse_DFS_referrals_exit; 3887 3887 } 3888 3888 3889 - /* collect neccessary data from referrals */ 3889 + /* collect necessary data from referrals */ 3890 3890 for (i = 0; i < *num_of_nodes; i++) { 3891 3891 char *temp; 3892 3892 int max_len;
+1 -1
fs/dlm/member.c
··· 312 312 /* 313 313 * This in_recovery lock does two things: 314 314 * 1) Keeps this function from returning until all threads are out 315 - * of locking routines and locking is truely stopped. 315 + * of locking routines and locking is truly stopped. 316 316 * 2) Keeps any new requests from being processed until it's unlocked 317 317 * when recovery is complete. 318 318 */
+1 -1
fs/ext3/super.c
··· 164 164 * write out the superblock safely. 165 165 * 166 166 * We'll just use the journal_abort() error code to record an error in 167 - * the journal instead. On recovery, the journal will compain about 167 + * the journal instead. On recovery, the journal will complain about 168 168 * that error until we've noted it down and cleared it. 169 169 */ 170 170
+1 -1
fs/ext4/mballoc.c
··· 69 69 * 70 70 * pa_lstart -> the logical start block for this prealloc space 71 71 * pa_pstart -> the physical start block for this prealloc space 72 - * pa_len -> lenght for this prealloc space 72 + * pa_len -> length for this prealloc space 73 73 * pa_free -> free space available in this prealloc space 74 74 * 75 75 * The inode preallocation space is used looking at the _logical_ start
+1 -1
fs/ext4/super.c
··· 302 302 * write out the superblock safely. 303 303 * 304 304 * We'll just use the jbd2_journal_abort() error code to record an error in 305 - * the journal instead. On recovery, the journal will compain about 305 + * the journal instead. On recovery, the journal will complain about 306 306 * that error until we've noted it down and cleared it. 307 307 */ 308 308
+1 -1
fs/fuse/inode.c
··· 850 850 req->in.args[0].size = sizeof(*arg); 851 851 req->in.args[0].value = arg; 852 852 req->out.numargs = 1; 853 - /* Variable length arguement used for backward compatibility 853 + /* Variable length argument used for backward compatibility 854 854 with interface version < 7.5. Rest of init_out is zeroed 855 855 by do_get_request(), so a short reply is not a problem */ 856 856 req->out.argvar = 1;
+1 -1
fs/gfs2/ops_fstype.c
··· 1001 1001 /** 1002 1002 * gfs2_lm_mount - mount a locking protocol 1003 1003 * @sdp: the filesystem 1004 - * @args: mount arguements 1004 + * @args: mount arguments 1005 1005 * @silent: if 1, don't complain if the FS isn't a GFS2 fs 1006 1006 * 1007 1007 * Returns: errno
+1 -1
fs/jbd/transaction.c
··· 1398 1398 * the case where our storage is so fast that it is more optimal to go 1399 1399 * ahead and force a flush and wait for the transaction to be committed 1400 1400 * than it is to wait for an arbitrary amount of time for new writers to 1401 - * join the transaction. We acheive this by measuring how long it takes 1401 + * join the transaction. We achieve this by measuring how long it takes 1402 1402 * to commit a transaction, and compare it with how long this 1403 1403 * transaction has been running, and if run time < commit time then we 1404 1404 * sleep for the delta and commit. This greatly helps super fast disks
+1 -1
fs/locks.c
··· 1455 1455 * leases held by processes on this node. 1456 1456 * 1457 1457 * There is also no break_lease method; filesystems that 1458 - * handle their own leases shoud break leases themselves from the 1458 + * handle their own leases should break leases themselves from the 1459 1459 * filesystem's open, create, and (on truncate) setattr methods. 1460 1460 * 1461 1461 * Warning: the only current setlease methods exist only to disable
+1 -1
fs/mpage.c
··· 561 561 if (page->index >= end_index) { 562 562 /* 563 563 * The page straddles i_size. It must be zeroed out on each 564 - * and every writepage invokation because it may be mmapped. 564 + * and every writepage invocation because it may be mmapped. 565 565 * "A file is mapped in multiples of the page size. For a file 566 566 * that is not a multiple of the page size, the remaining memory 567 567 * is zeroed when mapped, and writes to that region are not
+1 -1
fs/namei.c
··· 2544 2544 * e) conversion from fhandle to dentry may come in the wrong moment - when 2545 2545 * we are removing the target. Solution: we will have to grab ->i_mutex 2546 2546 * in the fhandle_to_dentry code. [FIXME - current nfsfh.c relies on 2547 - * ->i_mutex on parents, which works but leads to some truely excessive 2547 + * ->i_mutex on parents, which works but leads to some truly excessive 2548 2548 * locking]. 2549 2549 */ 2550 2550 static int vfs_rename_dir(struct inode *old_dir, struct dentry *old_dentry,
+1 -1
fs/nfsd/nfs4xdr.c
··· 1528 1528 } } while (0); 1529 1529 1530 1530 /* Encode as an array of strings the string given with components 1531 - * seperated @sep. 1531 + * separated @sep. 1532 1532 */ 1533 1533 static __be32 nfsd4_encode_components(char sep, char *components, 1534 1534 __be32 **pp, int *buflen)
-1702
fs/ntfs/ChangeLog
··· 1 - ToDo/Notes: 2 - - Find and fix bugs. 3 - - The only places in the kernel where a file is resized are 4 - ntfs_file_write*() and ntfs_truncate() for both of which i_mutex is 5 - held. Just have to be careful in read-/writepage and other helpers 6 - not running under i_mutex that we play nice. Also need to be careful 7 - with initialized_size extension in ntfs_file_write*() and writepage. 8 - UPDATE: The only things that need to be checked are the compressed 9 - write and the other attribute resize/write cases like index 10 - attributes, etc. For now none of these are implemented so are safe. 11 - - Implement filling in of holes in aops.c::ntfs_writepage() and its 12 - helpers. 13 - - Implement mft.c::sync_mft_mirror_umount(). We currently will just 14 - leave the volume dirty on umount if the final iput(vol->mft_ino) 15 - causes a write of any mirrored mft records due to the mft mirror 16 - inode having been discarded already. Whether this can actually ever 17 - happen is unclear however so it is worth waiting until someone hits 18 - the problem. 19 - 20 - 2.1.29 - Fix a deadlock at mount time. 21 - 22 - - During mount the VFS holds s_umount lock on the superblock. So when 23 - we try to empty the journal $LogFile contents by calling 24 - ntfs_attr_set() when the machine does not have much memory and the 25 - journal is large ntfs_attr_set() results in the VM trying to balance 26 - dirty pages which in turn tries to that the s_umount lock and thus we 27 - get a deadlock. The solution is to not use ntfs_attr_set() and 28 - instead do the zeroing by hand at the block level rather than page 29 - cache level. 30 - - Fix sparse warnings. 31 - 32 - 2.1.28 - Fix a deadlock. 33 - 34 - - Fix deadlock in fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_put_inode(). Thanks to Sergey 35 - Vlasov for the report and detailed analysis of the deadlock. The fix 36 - involved getting rid of ntfs_put_inode() altogether and hence NTFS no 37 - longer has a ->put_inode super operation. 38 - 39 - 2.1.27 - Various bug fixes and cleanups. 40 - 41 - - Fix two compiler warnings on Alpha. Thanks to Andrew Morton for 42 - reporting them. 43 - - Fix an (innocent) off-by-one error in the runlist code. 44 - - Fix a buggette in an "should be impossible" case handling where we 45 - continued the attribute lookup loop instead of aborting it. 46 - - Use buffer_migrate_page() for the ->migratepage function of all ntfs 47 - address space operations. 48 - - Fix comparison of $MFT and $MFTMirr to not bail out when there are 49 - unused, invalid mft records which are the same in both $MFT and 50 - $MFTMirr. 51 - - Add support for sparse files which have a compression unit of 0. 52 - - Remove all the make_bad_inode() calls. This should only be called 53 - from read inode and new inode code paths. 54 - - Limit name length in fs/ntfs/unistr.c::ntfs_nlstoucs() to maximum 55 - allowed by NTFS, i.e. 255 Unicode characters, not including the 56 - terminating NULL (which is not stored on disk). 57 - - Improve comments on file attribute flags in fs/ntfs/layout.h. 58 - - Fix a bug in fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_read_locked_index_inode() where we 59 - forgot to update a temporary variable so loading index inodes which 60 - have an index allocation attribute failed. 61 - - Add a missing call to flush_dcache_mft_record_page() in 62 - fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_write_inode(). 63 - - Handle the recently introduced -ENAMETOOLONG return value from 64 - fs/ntfs/unistr.c::ntfs_nlstoucs() in fs/ntfs/namei.c::ntfs_lookup(). 65 - - Semaphore to mutex conversion. (Ingo Molnar) 66 - 67 - 2.1.26 - Minor bug fixes and updates. 68 - 69 - - Fix a potential overflow in file.c where a cast to s64 was missing in 70 - a left shift of a page index. 71 - - The struct inode has had its i_sem semaphore changed to a mutex named 72 - i_mutex. 73 - - We have struct kmem_cache now so use it instead of the typedef 74 - kmem_cache_t. (Pekka Enberg) 75 - - Implement support for sector sizes above 512 bytes (up to the maximum 76 - supported by NTFS which is 4096 bytes). 77 - - Do more detailed reporting of why we cannot mount read-write by 78 - special casing the VOLUME_MODIFIED_BY_CHKDSK flag. 79 - - Miscellaneous updates to layout.h. 80 - - Cope with attribute list attribute having invalid flags. Windows 81 - copes with this and even chkdsk does not detect or fix this so we 82 - have to cope with it, too. Thanks to Pawel Kot for reporting the 83 - problem. 84 - 85 - 2.1.25 - (Almost) fully implement write(2) and truncate(2). 86 - 87 - - Change ntfs_map_runlist_nolock(), ntfs_attr_find_vcn_nolock() and 88 - {__,}ntfs_cluster_free() to also take an optional attribute search 89 - context as argument. This allows calling these functions with the 90 - mft record mapped. Update all callers. 91 - - Fix potential deadlock in ntfs_mft_data_extend_allocation_nolock() 92 - error handling by passing in the active search context when calling 93 - ntfs_cluster_free(). 94 - - Change ntfs_cluster_alloc() to take an extra boolean parameter 95 - specifying whether the cluster are being allocated to extend an 96 - attribute or to fill a hole. 97 - - Change ntfs_attr_make_non_resident() to call ntfs_cluster_alloc() 98 - with @is_extension set to TRUE and remove the runlist terminator 99 - fixup code as this is now done by ntfs_cluster_alloc(). 100 - - Change ntfs_attr_make_non_resident to take the attribute value size 101 - as an extra parameter. This is needed since we need to know the size 102 - before we can map the mft record and our callers always know it. The 103 - reason we cannot simply read the size from the vfs inode i_size is 104 - that this is not necessarily uptodate. This happens when 105 - ntfs_attr_make_non_resident() is called in the ->truncate call path. 106 - - Fix ntfs_attr_make_non_resident() to update the vfs inode i_blocks 107 - which is zero for a resident attribute but should no longer be zero 108 - once the attribute is non-resident as it then has real clusters 109 - allocated. 110 - - Add fs/ntfs/attrib.[hc]::ntfs_attr_extend_allocation(), a function to 111 - extend the allocation of an attributes. Optionally, the data size, 112 - but not the initialized size can be extended, too. 113 - - Implement fs/ntfs/inode.[hc]::ntfs_truncate(). It only supports 114 - uncompressed and unencrypted files and it never creates sparse files 115 - at least for the moment (making a file sparse requires us to modify 116 - its directory entries and we do not support directory operations at 117 - the moment). Also, support for highly fragmented files, i.e. ones 118 - whose data attribute is split across multiple extents, is severly 119 - limited. When such a case is encountered, EOPNOTSUPP is returned. 120 - - Enable ATTR_SIZE attribute changes in ntfs_setattr(). This completes 121 - the initial implementation of file truncation. Now both open(2)ing 122 - a file with the O_TRUNC flag and the {,f}truncate(2) system calls 123 - will resize a file appropriately. The limitations are that only 124 - uncompressed and unencrypted files are supported. Also, there is 125 - only very limited support for highly fragmented files (the ones whose 126 - $DATA attribute is split into multiple attribute extents). 127 - - In attrib.c::ntfs_attr_set() call balance_dirty_pages_ratelimited() 128 - and cond_resched() in the main loop as we could be dirtying a lot of 129 - pages and this ensures we play nice with the VM and the system as a 130 - whole. 131 - - Implement file operations ->write, ->aio_write, ->writev for regular 132 - files. This replaces the old use of generic_file_write(), et al and 133 - the address space operations ->prepare_write and ->commit_write. 134 - This means that both sparse and non-sparse (unencrypted and 135 - uncompressed) files can now be extended using the normal write(2) 136 - code path. There are two limitations at present and these are that 137 - we never create sparse files and that we only have limited support 138 - for highly fragmented files, i.e. ones whose data attribute is split 139 - across multiple extents. When such a case is encountered, 140 - EOPNOTSUPP is returned. 141 - - $EA attributes can be both resident and non-resident. 142 - - Use %z for size_t to fix compilation warnings. (Andrew Morton) 143 - - Fix compilation warnings with gcc-4.0.2 on SUSE 10.0. 144 - - Document extended attribute ($EA) NEED_EA flag. (Based on libntfs 145 - patch by Yura Pakhuchiy.) 146 - 147 - 2.1.24 - Lots of bug fixes and support more clean journal states. 148 - 149 - - Support journals ($LogFile) which have been modified by chkdsk. This 150 - means users can boot into Windows after we marked the volume dirty. 151 - The Windows boot will run chkdsk and then reboot. The user can then 152 - immediately boot into Linux rather than having to do a full Windows 153 - boot first before rebooting into Linux and we will recognize such a 154 - journal and empty it as it is clean by definition. Note, this only 155 - works if chkdsk left the journal in an obviously clean state. 156 - - Support journals ($LogFile) with only one restart page as well as 157 - journals with two different restart pages. We sanity check both and 158 - either use the only sane one or the more recent one of the two in the 159 - case that both are valid. 160 - - Add fs/ntfs/malloc.h::ntfs_malloc_nofs_nofail() which is analogous to 161 - ntfs_malloc_nofs() but it performs allocations with __GFP_NOFAIL and 162 - hence cannot fail. 163 - - Use ntfs_malloc_nofs_nofail() in the two critical regions in 164 - fs/ntfs/runlist.c::ntfs_runlists_merge(). This means we no longer 165 - need to panic() if the allocation fails as it now cannot fail. 166 - - Fix two nasty runlist merging bugs that had gone unnoticed so far. 167 - Thanks to Stefano Picerno for the bug report. 168 - - Remove two bogus BUG_ON()s from fs/ntfs/mft.c. 169 - - Fix handling of valid but empty mapping pairs array in 170 - fs/ntfs/runlist.c::ntfs_mapping_pairs_decompress(). 171 - - Report unrepresentable inodes during ntfs_readdir() as KERN_WARNING 172 - messages and include the inode number. Thanks to Yura Pakhuchiy for 173 - pointing this out. 174 - - Change ntfs_rl_truncate_nolock() to throw away the runlist if the new 175 - length is zero. 176 - - Add runlist.[hc]::ntfs_rl_punch_nolock() which punches a caller 177 - specified hole into a runlist. 178 - - Fix a bug in fs/ntfs/index.c::ntfs_index_lookup(). When the returned 179 - index entry is in the index root, we forgot to set the @ir pointer in 180 - the index context. Thanks to Yura Pakhuchiy for finding this bug. 181 - - Remove bogus setting of PageError in ntfs_read_compressed_block(). 182 - - Add fs/ntfs/attrib.[hc]::ntfs_resident_attr_value_resize(). 183 - - Fix a bug in ntfs_map_runlist_nolock() where we forgot to protect 184 - access to the allocated size in the ntfs inode with the size lock. 185 - - Fix ntfs_attr_vcn_to_lcn_nolock() and ntfs_attr_find_vcn_nolock() to 186 - return LCN_ENOENT when there is no runlist and the allocated size is 187 - zero. 188 - - Fix load_attribute_list() to handle the case of a NULL runlist. 189 - - Fix handling of sparse attributes in ntfs_attr_make_non_resident(). 190 - - Add BUG() checks to ntfs_attr_make_non_resident() and ntfs_attr_set() 191 - to ensure that these functions are never called for compressed or 192 - encrypted attributes. 193 - - Fix cluster (de)allocators to work when the runlist is NULL and more 194 - importantly to take a locked runlist rather than them locking it 195 - which leads to lock reversal. 196 - - Truncate {a,c,m}time to the ntfs supported time granularity when 197 - updating the times in the inode in ntfs_setattr(). 198 - - Fixup handling of sparse, compressed, and encrypted attributes in 199 - fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_read_locked_{,attr_,index_}inode(), 200 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_{read,write}page(). 201 - - Make ntfs_write_block() not instantiate sparse blocks if they contain 202 - only zeroes. 203 - - Optimize fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_write_block() by extending the page 204 - lock protection over the buffer submission for i/o which allows the 205 - removal of the get_bh()/put_bh() pairs for each buffer. 206 - - Fix fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_{read,write}_block() to handle the case 207 - where a concurrent truncate has truncated the runlist under our feet. 208 - - Fix page_has_buffers()/page_buffers() handling in fs/ntfs/aops.c. 209 - - In fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_end_buffer_async_read(), use a bit spin lock 210 - in the first buffer head instead of a driver global spin lock to 211 - improve scalability. 212 - - Minor fix to error handling and error message display in 213 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_prepare_nonresident_write(). 214 - - Change the mount options {u,f,d}mask to always parse the number as 215 - an octal number to conform to how chmod(1) works, too. Thanks to 216 - Giuseppe Bilotta and Horst von Brand for pointing out the errors of 217 - my ways. 218 - - Fix various bugs in the runlist merging code. (Based on libntfs 219 - changes by Richard Russon.) 220 - - Fix sparse warnings that have crept in over time. 221 - - Change ntfs_cluster_free() to require a write locked runlist on entry 222 - since we otherwise get into a lock reversal deadlock if a read locked 223 - runlist is passed in. In the process also change it to take an ntfs 224 - inode instead of a vfs inode as parameter. 225 - - Fix the definition of the CHKD ntfs record magic. It had an off by 226 - two error causing it to be CHKB instead of CHKD. 227 - - Fix a stupid bug in __ntfs_bitmap_set_bits_in_run() which caused the 228 - count to become negative and hence we had a wild memset() scribbling 229 - all over the system's ram. 230 - 231 - 2.1.23 - Implement extension of resident files and make writing safe as well as 232 - many bug fixes, cleanups, and enhancements... 233 - 234 - - Add printk rate limiting for ntfs_warning() and ntfs_error() when 235 - compiled without debug. This avoids a possible denial of service 236 - attack. Thanks to Carl-Daniel Hailfinger from SuSE for pointing this 237 - out. 238 - - Fix compilation warnings on ia64. (Randy Dunlap) 239 - - Use i_size_{read,write}() instead of reading i_size by hand and cache 240 - the value where apropriate. 241 - - Add size_lock to the ntfs_inode structure. This is an rw spinlock 242 - and it locks against access to the inode sizes. Note, ->size_lock 243 - is also accessed from irq context so you must use the _irqsave and 244 - _irqrestore lock and unlock functions, respectively. Protect all 245 - accesses to allocated_size, initialized_size, and compressed_size. 246 - - Minor optimization to fs/ntfs/super.c::ntfs_statfs() and its helpers. 247 - - Implement extension of resident files in the regular file write code 248 - paths (fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_{prepare,commit}_write()). At present 249 - this only works until the data attribute becomes too big for the mft 250 - record after which we abort the write returning -EOPNOTSUPP from 251 - ntfs_prepare_write(). 252 - - Add disable_sparse mount option together with a per volume sparse 253 - enable bit which is set appropriately and a per inode sparse disable 254 - bit which is preset on some system file inodes as appropriate. 255 - - Enforce that sparse support is disabled on NTFS volumes pre 3.0. 256 - - Fix a bug in fs/ntfs/runlist.c::ntfs_mapping_pairs_decompress() in 257 - the creation of the unmapped runlist element for the base attribute 258 - extent. 259 - - Split ntfs_map_runlist() into ntfs_map_runlist() and a non-locking 260 - helper ntfs_map_runlist_nolock() which is used by ntfs_map_runlist(). 261 - This allows us to map runlist fragments with the runlist lock already 262 - held without having to drop and reacquire it around the call. Adapt 263 - all callers. 264 - - Change ntfs_find_vcn() to ntfs_find_vcn_nolock() which takes a locked 265 - runlist. This allows us to find runlist elements with the runlist 266 - lock already held without having to drop and reacquire it around the 267 - call. Adapt all callers. 268 - - Change time to u64 in time.h::ntfs2utc() as it otherwise generates a 269 - warning in the do_div() call on sparc32. Thanks to Meelis Roos for 270 - the report and analysis of the warning. 271 - - Fix a nasty runlist merge bug when merging two holes. 272 - - Set the ntfs_inode->allocated_size to the real allocated size in the 273 - mft record for resident attributes (fs/ntfs/inode.c). 274 - - Small readability cleanup to use "a" instead of "ctx->attr" 275 - everywhere (fs/ntfs/inode.c). 276 - - Make fs/ntfs/namei.c::ntfs_get_{parent,dentry} static and move the 277 - definition of ntfs_export_ops from fs/ntfs/super.c to namei.c. Also, 278 - declare ntfs_export_ops in fs/ntfs/ntfs.h. 279 - - Correct sparse file handling. The compressed values need to be 280 - checked and set in the ntfs inode as done for compressed files and 281 - the compressed size needs to be used for vfs inode->i_blocks instead 282 - of the allocated size, again, as done for compressed files. 283 - - Add AT_EA in addition to AT_DATA to whitelist for being allowed to be 284 - non-resident in fs/ntfs/attrib.c::ntfs_attr_can_be_non_resident(). 285 - - Add fs/ntfs/attrib.c::ntfs_attr_vcn_to_lcn_nolock() used by the new 286 - write code. 287 - - Fix bug in fs/ntfs/attrib.c::ntfs_find_vcn_nolock() where after 288 - dropping the read lock and taking the write lock we were not checking 289 - whether someone else did not already do the work we wanted to do. 290 - - Rename fs/ntfs/attrib.c::ntfs_find_vcn_nolock() to 291 - ntfs_attr_find_vcn_nolock() and update all callers. 292 - - Add fs/ntfs/attrib.[hc]::ntfs_attr_make_non_resident(). 293 - - Fix sign of various error return values to be negative in 294 - fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.c. 295 - - Modify ->readpage and ->writepage (fs/ntfs/aops.c) so they detect and 296 - handle the case where an attribute is converted from resident to 297 - non-resident by a concurrent file write. 298 - - Remove checks for NULL before calling kfree() since kfree() does the 299 - checking itself. (Jesper Juhl) 300 - - Some utilities modify the boot sector but do not update the checksum. 301 - Thus, relax the checking in fs/ntfs/super.c::is_boot_sector_ntfs() to 302 - only emit a warning when the checksum is incorrect rather than 303 - refusing the mount. Thanks to Bernd Casimir for pointing this 304 - problem out. 305 - - Update attribute definition handling. 306 - - Add NTFS_MAX_CLUSTER_SIZE and NTFS_MAX_PAGES_PER_CLUSTER constants. 307 - - Use NTFS_MAX_CLUSTER_SIZE in super.c instead of hard coding 0x10000. 308 - - Use MAX_BUF_PER_PAGE instead of variable sized array allocation for 309 - better code generation and one less sparse warning in fs/ntfs/aops.c. 310 - - Remove spurious void pointer casts from fs/ntfs/. (Pekka Enberg) 311 - - Use C99 style structure initialization after memory allocation where 312 - possible (fs/ntfs/{attrib.c,index.c,super.c}). Thanks to Al Viro and 313 - Pekka Enberg. 314 - - Stamp the transaction log ($UsnJrnl), aka user space journal, if it 315 - is active on the volume and we are mounting read-write or remounting 316 - from read-only to read-write. 317 - - Fix a bug in address space operations error recovery code paths where 318 - if the runlist was not mapped at all and a mapping error occured we 319 - would leave the runlist locked on exit to the function so that the 320 - next access to the same file would try to take the lock and deadlock. 321 - - Detect the case when Windows has been suspended to disk on the volume 322 - to be mounted and if this is the case do not allow (re)mounting 323 - read-write. This is done by parsing hiberfil.sys if present. 324 - - Fix several occurences of a bug where we would perform 'var & ~const' 325 - with a 64-bit variable and a int, i.e. 32-bit, constant. This causes 326 - the higher order 32-bits of the 64-bit variable to be zeroed. To fix 327 - this cast the 'const' to the same 64-bit type as 'var'. 328 - - Change the runlist terminator of the newly allocated cluster(s) to 329 - LCN_ENOENT in ntfs_attr_make_non_resident(). Otherwise the runlist 330 - code gets confused. 331 - - Add an extra parameter @last_vcn to ntfs_get_size_for_mapping_pairs() 332 - and ntfs_mapping_pairs_build() to allow the runlist encoding to be 333 - partial which is desirable when filling holes in sparse attributes. 334 - Update all callers. 335 - - Change ntfs_map_runlist_nolock() to only decompress the mapping pairs 336 - if the requested vcn is inside it. Otherwise we get into problems 337 - when we try to map an out of bounds vcn because we then try to map 338 - the already mapped runlist fragment which causes 339 - ntfs_mapping_pairs_decompress() to fail and return error. Update 340 - ntfs_attr_find_vcn_nolock() accordingly. 341 - - Fix a nasty deadlock that appeared in recent kernels. 342 - The situation: VFS inode X on a mounted ntfs volume is dirty. For 343 - same inode X, the ntfs_inode is dirty and thus corresponding on-disk 344 - inode, i.e. mft record, which is in a dirty PAGE_CACHE_PAGE belonging 345 - to the table of inodes, i.e. $MFT, inode 0. 346 - What happens: 347 - Process 1: sys_sync()/umount()/whatever... calls 348 - __sync_single_inode() for $MFT -> do_writepages() -> write_page for 349 - the dirty page containing the on-disk inode X, the page is now locked 350 - -> ntfs_write_mst_block() which clears PageUptodate() on the page to 351 - prevent anyone else getting hold of it whilst it does the write out. 352 - This is necessary as the on-disk inode needs "fixups" applied before 353 - the write to disk which are removed again after the write and 354 - PageUptodate is then set again. It then analyses the page looking 355 - for dirty on-disk inodes and when it finds one it calls 356 - ntfs_may_write_mft_record() to see if it is safe to write this 357 - on-disk inode. This then calls ilookup5() to check if the 358 - corresponding VFS inode is in icache(). This in turn calls ifind() 359 - which waits on the inode lock via wait_on_inode whilst holding the 360 - global inode_lock. 361 - Process 2: pdflush results in a call to __sync_single_inode for the 362 - same VFS inode X on the ntfs volume. This locks the inode (I_LOCK) 363 - then calls write-inode -> ntfs_write_inode -> map_mft_record() -> 364 - read_cache_page() for the page (in page cache of table of inodes 365 - $MFT, inode 0) containing the on-disk inode. This page has 366 - PageUptodate() clear because of Process 1 (see above) so 367 - read_cache_page() blocks when it tries to take the page lock for the 368 - page so it can call ntfs_read_page(). 369 - Thus Process 1 is holding the page lock on the page containing the 370 - on-disk inode X and it is waiting on the inode X to be unlocked in 371 - ifind() so it can write the page out and then unlock the page. 372 - And Process 2 is holding the inode lock on inode X and is waiting for 373 - the page to be unlocked so it can call ntfs_readpage() or discover 374 - that Process 1 set PageUptodate() again and use the page. 375 - Thus we have a deadlock due to ifind() waiting on the inode lock. 376 - The solution: The fix is to use the newly introduced 377 - ilookup5_nowait() which does not wait on the inode's lock and hence 378 - avoids the deadlock. This is safe as we do not care about the VFS 379 - inode and only use the fact that it is in the VFS inode cache and the 380 - fact that the vfs and ntfs inodes are one struct in memory to find 381 - the ntfs inode in memory if present. Also, the ntfs inode has its 382 - own locking so it does not matter if the vfs inode is locked. 383 - - Fix bug in mft record writing where we forgot to set the device in 384 - the buffers when mapping them after the VM had discarded them. 385 - Thanks to Martin MOKREJÅ for the bug report. 386 - 387 - 2.1.22 - Many bug and race fixes and error handling improvements. 388 - 389 - - Improve error handling in fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_truncate(). 390 - - Change fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_truncate() to return an error code 391 - instead of void and provide a helper ntfs_truncate_vfs() for the 392 - vfs ->truncate method. 393 - - Add a new ntfs inode flag NInoTruncateFailed() and modify 394 - fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_truncate() to set and clear it appropriately. 395 - - Fix min_size and max_size definitions in ATTR_DEF structure in 396 - fs/ntfs/layout.h to be signed. 397 - - Add attribute definition handling helpers to fs/ntfs/attrib.[hc]: 398 - ntfs_attr_size_bounds_check(), ntfs_attr_can_be_non_resident(), and 399 - ntfs_attr_can_be_resident(), which in turn use the new private helper 400 - ntfs_attr_find_in_attrdef(). 401 - - In fs/ntfs/aops.c::mark_ntfs_record_dirty(), take the 402 - mapping->private_lock around the dirtying of the buffer heads 403 - analagous to the way it is done in __set_page_dirty_buffers(). 404 - - Ensure the mft record size does not exceed the PAGE_CACHE_SIZE at 405 - mount time as this cannot work with the current implementation. 406 - - Check for location of attribute name and improve error handling in 407 - general in fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_read_locked_inode() and friends. 408 - - In fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_writepage(), if the page is fully outside 409 - i_size, i.e. race with truncate, invalidate the buffers on the page 410 - so that they become freeable and hence the page does not leak. 411 - - Remove unused function fs/ntfs/runlist.c::ntfs_rl_merge(). (Adrian 412 - Bunk) 413 - - Fix stupid bug in fs/ntfs/attrib.c::ntfs_attr_find() that resulted in 414 - a NULL pointer dereference in the error code path when a corrupt 415 - attribute was found. (Thanks to Domen Puncer for the bug report.) 416 - - Add MODULE_VERSION() to fs/ntfs/super.c. 417 - - Make several functions and variables static. (Adrian Bunk) 418 - - Modify fs/ntfs/aops.c::mark_ntfs_record_dirty() so it allocates 419 - buffers for the page if they are not present and then marks the 420 - buffers belonging to the ntfs record dirty. This causes the buffers 421 - to become busy and hence they are safe from removal until the page 422 - has been written out. 423 - - Fix stupid bug in fs/ntfs/attrib.c::ntfs_external_attr_find() in the 424 - error handling code path that resulted in a BUG() due to trying to 425 - unmap an extent mft record when the mapping of it had failed and it 426 - thus was not mapped. (Thanks to Ken MacFerrin for the bug report.) 427 - - Drop the runlist lock after the vcn has been read in 428 - fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.c::__ntfs_cluster_free(). 429 - - Rewrite handling of multi sector transfer errors. We now do not set 430 - PageError() when such errors are detected in the async i/o handler 431 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_end_buffer_async_read(). All users of mst 432 - protected attributes now check the magic of each ntfs record as they 433 - use it and act appropriately. This has the effect of making errors 434 - granular per ntfs record rather than per page which solves the case 435 - where we cannot access any of the ntfs records in a page when a 436 - single one of them had an mst error. (Thanks to Ken MacFerrin for 437 - the bug report.) 438 - - Fix error handling in fs/ntfs/quota.c::ntfs_mark_quotas_out_of_date() 439 - where we failed to release i_mutex on the $Quota/$Q attribute inode. 440 - - Fix bug in handling of bad inodes in fs/ntfs/namei.c::ntfs_lookup(). 441 - - Add mapping of unmapped buffers to all remaining code paths, i.e. 442 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_write_mst_block(), mft.c::ntfs_sync_mft_mirror(), 443 - and write_mft_record_nolock(). From now on we require that the 444 - complete runlist for the mft mirror is always mapped into memory. 445 - - Add creation of buffers to fs/ntfs/mft.c::ntfs_sync_mft_mirror(). 446 - - Improve error handling in fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_{read,write}_block(). 447 - - Cleanup fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_{read,write}page() since we know that a 448 - resident attribute will be smaller than a page which makes the code 449 - simpler. Also make the code more tolerant to concurrent ->truncate. 450 - 451 - 2.1.21 - Fix some races and bugs, rewrite mft write code, add mft allocator. 452 - 453 - - Implement extent mft record deallocation 454 - fs/ntfs/mft.c::ntfs_extent_mft_record_free(). 455 - - Splitt runlist related functions off from attrib.[hc] to runlist.[hc]. 456 - - Add vol->mft_data_pos and initialize it at mount time. 457 - - Rename init_runlist() to ntfs_init_runlist(), ntfs_vcn_to_lcn() to 458 - ntfs_rl_vcn_to_lcn(), decompress_mapping_pairs() to 459 - ntfs_mapping_pairs_decompress(), ntfs_merge_runlists() to 460 - ntfs_runlists_merge() and adapt all callers. 461 - - Add fs/ntfs/runlist.[hc]::ntfs_get_nr_significant_bytes(), 462 - ntfs_get_size_for_mapping_pairs(), ntfs_write_significant_bytes(), 463 - and ntfs_mapping_pairs_build(), adapted from libntfs. 464 - - Make fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.c::ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl_nolock() not 465 - static and add a declaration for it to lcnalloc.h. 466 - - Add fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.h::ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl() which is a static 467 - inline wrapper for ntfs_cluster_free_from_rl_nolock() which takes the 468 - cluster bitmap lock for the duration of the call. 469 - - Add fs/ntfs/attrib.[hc]::ntfs_attr_record_resize(). 470 - - Implement the equivalent of memset() for an ntfs attribute in 471 - fs/ntfs/attrib.[hc]::ntfs_attr_set() and switch 472 - fs/ntfs/logfile.c::ntfs_empty_logfile() to using it. 473 - - Remove unnecessary casts from LCN_* constants. 474 - - Implement fs/ntfs/runlist.c::ntfs_rl_truncate_nolock(). 475 - - Add MFT_RECORD_OLD as a copy of MFT_RECORD in fs/ntfs/layout.h and 476 - change MFT_RECORD to contain the NTFS 3.1+ specific fields. 477 - - Add a helper function fs/ntfs/aops.c::mark_ntfs_record_dirty() which 478 - marks all buffers belonging to an ntfs record dirty, followed by 479 - marking the page the ntfs record is in dirty and also marking the vfs 480 - inode containing the ntfs record dirty (I_DIRTY_PAGES). 481 - - Switch fs/ntfs/index.h::ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty() to using the 482 - new helper fs/ntfs/aops.c::mark_ntfs_record_dirty() and remove the no 483 - longer needed fs/ntfs/index.[hc]::__ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty(). 484 - - Move ntfs_{un,}map_page() from ntfs.h to aops.h and fix resulting 485 - include errors. 486 - - Move the typedefs for runlist_element and runlist from types.h to 487 - runlist.h and fix resulting include errors. 488 - - Remove unused {__,}format_mft_record() from fs/ntfs/mft.c. 489 - - Modify fs/ntfs/mft.c::__mark_mft_record_dirty() to use the helper 490 - mark_ntfs_record_dirty() which also changes the behaviour in that we 491 - now set the buffers belonging to the mft record dirty as well as the 492 - page itself. 493 - - Update fs/ntfs/mft.c::write_mft_record_nolock() and sync_mft_mirror() 494 - to cope with the fact that there now are dirty buffers in mft pages. 495 - - Update fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_write_inode() to also use the helper 496 - mark_ntfs_record_dirty() and thus to set the buffers belonging to the 497 - mft record dirty as well as the page itself. 498 - - Fix compiler warnings on x86-64 in fs/ntfs/dir.c. (Randy Dunlap, 499 - slightly modified by me) 500 - - Add fs/ntfs/mft.c::try_map_mft_record() which fails with -EALREADY if 501 - the mft record is already locked and otherwise behaves the same way 502 - as fs/ntfs/mft.c::map_mft_record(). 503 - - Modify fs/ntfs/mft.c::write_mft_record_nolock() so that it only 504 - writes the mft record if the buffers belonging to it are dirty. 505 - Otherwise we assume that it was written out by other means already. 506 - - Attempting to write outside initialized size is _not_ a bug so remove 507 - the bug check from fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_write_mst_block(). It is in 508 - fact required to write outside initialized size when preparing to 509 - extend the initialized size. 510 - - Map the page instead of using page_address() before writing to it in 511 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_mft_writepage(). 512 - - Provide exclusion between opening an inode / mapping an mft record 513 - and accessing the mft record in fs/ntfs/mft.c::ntfs_mft_writepage() 514 - by setting the page not uptodate throughout ntfs_mft_writepage(). 515 - - Clear the page uptodate flag in fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_write_mst_block() 516 - to ensure noone can see the page whilst the mst fixups are applied. 517 - - Add the helper fs/ntfs/mft.c::ntfs_may_write_mft_record() which 518 - checks if an mft record may be written out safely obtaining any 519 - necessary locks in the process. This is used by 520 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_write_mst_block(). 521 - - Modify fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_write_mst_block() to also work for 522 - writing mft records and improve its error handling in the process. 523 - Now if any of the records in the page fail to be written out, all 524 - other records will be written out instead of aborting completely. 525 - - Remove ntfs_mft_aops and update all users to use ntfs_mst_aops. 526 - - Modify fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_read_locked_inode() to set the 527 - ntfs_mst_aops for all inodes which are NInoMstProtected() and 528 - ntfs_aops for all other inodes. 529 - - Rename fs/ntfs/mft.c::sync_mft_mirror{,_umount}() to 530 - ntfs_sync_mft_mirror{,_umount}() and change their parameters so they 531 - no longer require an ntfs inode to be present. Update all callers. 532 - - Cleanup the error handling in fs/ntfs/mft.c::ntfs_sync_mft_mirror(). 533 - - Clear the page uptodate flag in fs/ntfs/mft.c::ntfs_sync_mft_mirror() 534 - to ensure noone can see the page whilst the mst fixups are applied. 535 - - Remove the no longer needed fs/ntfs/mft.c::ntfs_mft_writepage() and 536 - fs/ntfs/mft.c::try_map_mft_record(). 537 - - Fix callers of fs/ntfs/aops.c::mark_ntfs_record_dirty() to call it 538 - with the ntfs inode which contains the page rather than the ntfs 539 - inode the mft record of which is in the page. 540 - - Fix race condition in fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_put_inode() by moving the 541 - index inode bitmap inode release code from there to 542 - fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_clear_big_inode(). (Thanks to Christoph 543 - Hellwig for spotting this.) 544 - - Fix race condition in fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_put_inode() by taking the 545 - inode semaphore around the code that sets ni->itype.index.bmp_ino to 546 - NULL and reorganize the code to optimize it a bit. (Thanks to 547 - Christoph Hellwig for spotting this.) 548 - - Modify fs/ntfs/aops.c::mark_ntfs_record_dirty() to no longer take the 549 - ntfs inode as a parameter as this is confusing and misleading and the 550 - needed ntfs inode is available via NTFS_I(page->mapping->host). 551 - Adapt all callers to this change. 552 - - Modify fs/ntfs/mft.c::write_mft_record_nolock() and 553 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_write_mst_block() to only check the dirty state 554 - of the first buffer in a record and to take this as the ntfs record 555 - dirty state. We cannot look at the dirty state for subsequent 556 - buffers because we might be racing with 557 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::mark_ntfs_record_dirty(). 558 - - Move the static inline ntfs_init_big_inode() from fs/ntfs/inode.c to 559 - inode.h and make fs/ntfs/inode.c::__ntfs_init_inode() non-static and 560 - add a declaration for it to inode.h. Fix some compilation issues 561 - that resulted due to #includes and header file interdependencies. 562 - - Simplify setup of i_mode in fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_read_locked_inode(). 563 - - Add helpers fs/ntfs/layout.h::MK_MREF() and MK_LE_MREF(). 564 - - Modify fs/ntfs/mft.c::map_extent_mft_record() to only verify the mft 565 - record sequence number if it is specified (i.e. not zero). 566 - - Add fs/ntfs/mft.[hc]::ntfs_mft_record_alloc() and various helper 567 - functions used by it. 568 - - Update Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt with instructions on how to 569 - use the Device-Mapper driver with NTFS ftdisk/LDM raid. This removes 570 - the linear raid problem with the Software RAID / MD driver when one 571 - or more of the devices has an odd number of sectors. 572 - 573 - 2.1.20 - Fix two stupid bugs introduced in 2.1.18 release. 574 - 575 - - Fix stupid bug in fs/ntfs/attrib.c::ntfs_attr_reinit_search_ctx() 576 - where we did not clear ctx->al_entry but it was still set due to 577 - changes in ntfs_attr_lookup() and ntfs_external_attr_find() in 578 - particular. 579 - - Fix another stupid bug in fs/ntfs/attrib.c::ntfs_external_attr_find() 580 - where we forgot to unmap the extent mft record when we had finished 581 - enumerating an attribute which caused a bug check to trigger when the 582 - VFS calls ->clear_inode. 583 - 584 - 2.1.19 - Many cleanups, improvements, and a minor bug fix. 585 - 586 - - Update ->setattr (fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_setattr()) to refuse to 587 - change the uid, gid, and mode of an inode as we do not support NTFS 588 - ACLs yet. 589 - - Remove BKL use from ntfs_setattr() syncing up with the rest of the 590 - kernel. 591 - - Get rid of the ugly transparent union in fs/ntfs/dir.c::ntfs_readdir() 592 - and ntfs_filldir() as per suggestion from Al Viro. 593 - - Change '\0' and L'\0' to simply 0 as per advice from Linus Torvalds. 594 - - Update ->truncate (fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_truncate()) to check if the 595 - inode size has changed and to only output an error if so. 596 - - Rename fs/ntfs/attrib.h::attribute_value_length() to ntfs_attr_size(). 597 - - Add le{16,32,64} as well as sle{16,32,64} data types to 598 - fs/ntfs/types.h. 599 - - Change ntfschar to be le16 instead of u16 in fs/ntfs/types.h. 600 - - Add le versions of VCN, LCN, and LSN called leVCN, leLCN, and leLSN, 601 - respectively, to fs/ntfs/types.h. 602 - - Update endianness conversion macros in fs/ntfs/endian.h to use the 603 - new types as appropriate. 604 - - Do proper type casting when using sle64_to_cpup() in fs/ntfs/dir.c 605 - and index.c. 606 - - Add leMFT_REF data type to fs/ntfs/layout.h. 607 - - Update all NTFS header files with the new little endian data types. 608 - Affected files are fs/ntfs/layout.h, logfile.h, and time.h. 609 - - Do proper type casting when using ntfs_is_*_recordp() in 610 - fs/ntfs/logfile.c, mft.c, and super.c. 611 - - Fix all the sparse bitwise warnings. Had to change all the typedef 612 - enums storing little endian values to simple enums plus a typedef for 613 - the datatype to make sparse happy. 614 - - Fix a bug found by the new sparse bitwise warnings where the default 615 - upcase table was defined as a pointer to wchar_t rather than ntfschar 616 - in fs/ntfs/ntfs.h and super.c. 617 - - Change {const_,}cpu_to_le{16,32}(0) to just 0 as suggested by Al Viro. 618 - 619 - 2.1.18 - Fix scheduling latencies at mount time as well as an endianness bug. 620 - 621 - - Remove vol->nr_mft_records as it was pretty meaningless and optimize 622 - the calculation of total/free inodes as used by statfs(). 623 - - Fix scheduling latencies in ntfs_fill_super() by dropping the BKL 624 - because the code itself is using the ntfs_lock semaphore which 625 - provides safe locking. (Ingo Molnar) 626 - - Fix a potential bug in fs/ntfs/mft.c::map_extent_mft_record() that 627 - could occur in the future for when we start closing/freeing extent 628 - inodes if we don't set base_ni->ext.extent_ntfs_inos to NULL after 629 - we free it. 630 - - Rename {find,lookup}_attr() to ntfs_attr_{find,lookup}() as well as 631 - find_external_attr() to ntfs_external_attr_find() to cleanup the 632 - namespace a bit and to be more consistent with libntfs. 633 - - Rename {{re,}init,get,put}_attr_search_ctx() to 634 - ntfs_attr_{{re,}init,get,put}_search_ctx() as well as the type 635 - attr_search_context to ntfs_attr_search_ctx. 636 - - Force use of ntfs_attr_find() in ntfs_attr_lookup() when searching 637 - for the attribute list attribute itself. 638 - - Fix endianness bug in ntfs_external_attr_find(). 639 - - Change ntfs_{external_,}attr_find() to return 0 on success, -ENOENT 640 - if the attribute is not found, and -EIO on real error. In the case 641 - of -ENOENT, the search context is updated to describe the attribute 642 - before which the attribute being searched for would need to be 643 - inserted if such an action were to be desired and in the case of 644 - ntfs_external_attr_find() the search context is also updated to 645 - indicate the attribute list entry before which the attribute list 646 - entry of the attribute being searched for would need to be inserted 647 - if such an action were to be desired. Also make ntfs_find_attr() 648 - static and remove its prototype from attrib.h as it is not used 649 - anywhere other than attrib.c. Update ntfs_attr_lookup() and all 650 - callers of ntfs_{external,}attr_{find,lookup}() for the new return 651 - values. 652 - - Minor cleanup of fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_init_locked_inode(). 653 - 654 - 2.1.17 - Fix bugs in mount time error code paths and other updates. 655 - 656 - - Implement bitmap modification code (fs/ntfs/bitmap.[hc]). This 657 - includes functions to set/clear a single bit or a run of bits. 658 - - Add fs/ntfs/attrib.[hc]::ntfs_find_vcn() which returns the locked 659 - runlist element containing a particular vcn. It also takes care of 660 - mapping any needed runlist fragments. 661 - - Implement cluster (de-)allocation code (fs/ntfs/lcnalloc.[hc]). 662 - - Load attribute definition table from $AttrDef at mount time. 663 - - Fix bugs in mount time error code paths involving (de)allocation of 664 - the default and volume upcase tables. 665 - - Remove ntfs_nr_mounts as it is no longer used. 666 - 667 - 2.1.16 - Implement access time updates, file sync, async io, and read/writev. 668 - 669 - - Add support for readv/writev and aio_read/aio_write (fs/ntfs/file.c). 670 - This is done by setting the appropriate file operations pointers to 671 - the generic helper functions provided by mm/filemap.c. 672 - - Implement fsync, fdatasync, and msync both for files (fs/ntfs/file.c) 673 - and directories (fs/ntfs/dir.c). 674 - - Add support for {a,m,c}time updates to inode.c::ntfs_write_inode(). 675 - Note, except for the root directory and any other system files opened 676 - by the user, the system files will not have their access times 677 - updated as they are only accessed at the inode level an hence the 678 - file level functions which cause the times to be updated are never 679 - invoked. 680 - 681 - 2.1.15 - Invalidate quotas when (re)mounting read-write. 682 - 683 - - Add new element itype.index.collation_rule to the ntfs inode 684 - structure and set it appropriately in ntfs_read_locked_inode(). 685 - - Implement a new inode type "index" to allow efficient access to the 686 - indices found in various system files and adapt inode handling 687 - accordingly (fs/ntfs/inode.[hc]). An index inode is essentially an 688 - attribute inode (NInoAttr() is true) with an attribute type of 689 - AT_INDEX_ALLOCATION. As such, it is no longer allowed to call 690 - ntfs_attr_iget() with an attribute type of AT_INDEX_ALLOCATION as 691 - there would be no way to distinguish between normal attribute inodes 692 - and index inodes. The function to obtain an index inode is 693 - ntfs_index_iget() and it uses the helper function 694 - ntfs_read_locked_index_inode(). Note, we do not overload 695 - ntfs_attr_iget() as indices consist of multiple attributes so using 696 - ntfs_attr_iget() to obtain an index inode would be confusing. 697 - - Ensure that there is no overflow when doing page->index << 698 - PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT by casting page->index to s64 in fs/ntfs/aops.c. 699 - - Use atomic kmap instead of kmap() in fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_read_page() 700 - and ntfs_read_block(). 701 - - Use case sensitive attribute lookups instead of case insensitive ones. 702 - - Lock all page cache pages belonging to mst protected attributes while 703 - accessing them to ensure we never see corrupt data while the page is 704 - under writeout. 705 - - Add framework for generic ntfs collation (fs/ntfs/collation.[hc]). 706 - We have ntfs_is_collation_rule_supported() to check if the collation 707 - rule you want to use is supported and ntfs_collation() which actually 708 - collates two data items. We currently only support COLLATION_BINARY 709 - and COLLATION_NTOFS_ULONG but support for other collation rules will 710 - be added as the need arises. 711 - - Add a new type, ntfs_index_context, to allow retrieval of an index 712 - entry using the corresponding index key. To get an index context, 713 - use ntfs_index_ctx_get() and to release it, use ntfs_index_ctx_put(). 714 - This also adds a new slab cache for the index contexts. To lookup a 715 - key in an index inode, use ntfs_index_lookup(). After modifying an 716 - index entry, call ntfs_index_entry_flush_dcache_page() followed by 717 - ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty() to ensure the changes are written out 718 - to disk. For details see fs/ntfs/index.[hc]. Note, at present, if 719 - an index entry is in the index allocation attribute rather than the 720 - index root attribute it will not be written out (you will get a 721 - warning message about discarded changes instead). 722 - - Load the quota file ($Quota) and check if quota tracking is enabled 723 - and if so, mark the quotas out of date. This causes windows to 724 - rescan the volume on boot and update all quota entries. 725 - - Add a set_page_dirty address space operation for ntfs_m[fs]t_aops. 726 - It is simply set to __set_page_dirty_nobuffers() to make sure that 727 - running set_page_dirty() on a page containing mft/ntfs records will 728 - not affect the dirty state of the page buffers. 729 - - Add fs/ntfs/index.c::__ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty() which sets all 730 - buffers that are inside the ntfs record in the page dirty after which 731 - it sets the page dirty. This allows ->writepage to only write the 732 - dirty index records rather than having to write all the records in 733 - the page. Modify fs/ntfs/index.h::ntfs_index_entry_mark_dirty() to 734 - use this rather than __set_page_dirty_nobuffers(). 735 - - Implement fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_write_mst_block() which enables the 736 - writing of page cache pages belonging to mst protected attributes 737 - like the index allocation attribute in directory indices and other 738 - indices like $Quota/$Q, etc. This means that the quota is now marked 739 - out of date on all volumes rather than only on ones where the quota 740 - defaults entry is in the index root attribute of the $Quota/$Q index. 741 - 742 - 2.1.14 - Fix an NFSd caused deadlock reported by several users. 743 - 744 - - Modify fs/ntfs/ntfs_readdir() to copy the index root attribute value 745 - to a buffer so that we can put the search context and unmap the mft 746 - record before calling the filldir() callback. We need to do this 747 - because of NFSd which calls ->lookup() from its filldir callback() 748 - and this causes NTFS to deadlock as ntfs_lookup() maps the mft record 749 - of the directory and since ntfs_readdir() has got it mapped already 750 - ntfs_lookup() deadlocks. 751 - 752 - 2.1.13 - Enable overwriting of resident files and housekeeping of system files. 753 - 754 - - Implement writing of mft records (fs/ntfs/mft.[hc]), which includes 755 - keeping the mft mirror in sync with the mft when mirrored mft records 756 - are written. The functions are write_mft_record{,_nolock}(). The 757 - implementation is quite rudimentary for now with lots of things not 758 - implemented yet but I am not sure any of them can actually occur so 759 - I will wait for people to hit each one and only then implement it. 760 - - Commit open system inodes at umount time. This should make it 761 - virtually impossible for sync_mft_mirror_umount() to ever be needed. 762 - - Implement ->write_inode (fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_write_inode()) for the 763 - ntfs super operations. This gives us inode writing via the VFS inode 764 - dirty code paths. Note: Access time updates are not implemented yet. 765 - - Implement fs/ntfs/mft.[hc]::{,__}mark_mft_record_dirty() and make 766 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_writepage() and ntfs_commit_write() use it, thus 767 - finally enabling resident file overwrite! (-8 This also includes a 768 - placeholder for ->writepage (ntfs_mft_writepage()), which for now 769 - just redirties the page and returns. Also, at umount time, we for 770 - now throw away all mft data page cache pages after the last call to 771 - ntfs_commit_inode() in the hope that all inodes will have been 772 - written out by then and hence no dirty (meta)data will be lost. We 773 - also check for this case and emit an error message telling the user 774 - to run chkdsk. 775 - - Use set_page_writeback() and end_page_writeback() in the resident 776 - attribute code path of fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_writepage() otherwise 777 - the radix-tree tag PAGECACHE_TAG_DIRTY remains set even though the 778 - page is clean. 779 - - Implement ntfs_mft_writepage() so it now checks if any of the mft 780 - records in the page are dirty and if so redirties the page and 781 - returns. Otherwise it just returns (after doing set_page_writeback(), 782 - unlock_page(), end_page_writeback() or the radix-tree tag 783 - PAGECACHE_TAG_DIRTY remains set even though the page is clean), thus 784 - alowing the VM to do with the page as it pleases. Also, at umount 785 - time, now only throw away dirty mft (meta)data pages if dirty inodes 786 - are present and ask the user to email us if they see this happening. 787 - - Add functions ntfs_{clear,set}_volume_flags(), to modify the volume 788 - information flags (fs/ntfs/super.c). 789 - - Mark the volume dirty when (re)mounting read-write and mark it clean 790 - when unmounting or remounting read-only. If any volume errors are 791 - found, the volume is left marked dirty to force chkdsk to run. 792 - - Add code to set the NT4 compatibility flag when (re)mounting 793 - read-write for newer NTFS versions but leave it commented out for now 794 - since we do not make any modifications that are NTFS 1.2 specific yet 795 - and since setting this flag breaks Captive-NTFS which is not nice. 796 - This code must be enabled once we start writing NTFS 1.2 specific 797 - changes otherwise Windows NTFS driver might crash / cause corruption. 798 - 799 - 2.1.12 - Fix the second fix to the decompression engine and some cleanups. 800 - 801 - - Add a new address space operations struct, ntfs_mst_aops, for mst 802 - protected attributes. This is because the default ntfs_aops do not 803 - make sense with mst protected data and were they to write anything to 804 - such an attribute they would cause data corruption so we provide 805 - ntfs_mst_aops which does not have any write related operations set. 806 - - Cleanup dirty ntfs inode handling (fs/ntfs/inode.[hc]) which also 807 - includes an adapted ntfs_commit_inode() and an implementation of 808 - ntfs_write_inode() which for now just cleans dirty inodes without 809 - writing them (it does emit a warning that this is happening). 810 - - Undo the second decompression engine fix (see 2.1.9 release ChangeLog 811 - entry) as it was only fixing a theoretical bug but at the same time 812 - it badly broke the handling of sparse and uncompressed compression 813 - blocks. 814 - 815 - 2.1.11 - Driver internal cleanups. 816 - 817 - - Only build logfile.o if building the driver with read-write support. 818 - - Really final white space cleanups. 819 - - Use generic_ffs() instead of ffs() in logfile.c which allows the 820 - log_page_size variable to be optimized by gcc into a constant. 821 - - Rename uchar_t to ntfschar everywhere as uchar_t is unsigned 1-byte 822 - char as defined by POSIX and as found on some systems. 823 - 824 - 2.1.10 - Force read-only (re)mounting of volumes with unsupported volume flags. 825 - 826 - - Finish off the white space cleanups (remove trailing spaces, etc). 827 - - Clean up ntfs_fill_super() and ntfs_read_inode_mount() by removing 828 - the kludges around the first iget(). Instead of (re)setting ->s_op 829 - we have the $MFT inode set up by explicit new_inode() / set ->i_ino / 830 - insert_inode_hash() / call ntfs_read_inode_mount() directly. This 831 - kills the need for second super_operations and allows to return error 832 - from ntfs_read_inode_mount() without resorting to ugly "poisoning" 833 - tricks. (Al Viro) 834 - - Force read-only (re)mounting if any of the following bits are set in 835 - the volume information flags: 836 - VOLUME_IS_DIRTY, VOLUME_RESIZE_LOG_FILE, 837 - VOLUME_UPGRADE_ON_MOUNT, VOLUME_DELETE_USN_UNDERWAY, 838 - VOLUME_REPAIR_OBJECT_ID, VOLUME_MODIFIED_BY_CHKDSK 839 - To make this easier we define VOLUME_MUST_MOUNT_RO_MASK with all the 840 - above bits set so the test is made easy. 841 - 842 - 2.1.9 - Fix two bugs in decompression engine. 843 - 844 - - Fix a bug where we would not always detect that we have reached the 845 - end of a compression block because we were ending at minus one byte 846 - which is effectively the same as being at the end. The fix is to 847 - check whether the uncompressed buffer has been fully filled and if so 848 - we assume we have reached the end of the compression block. A big 849 - thank you to Marcin Gibuła for the bug report, the assistance in 850 - tracking down the bug and testing the fix. 851 - - Fix a possible bug where when a compressed read is truncated to the 852 - end of the file, the offset inside the last page was not truncated. 853 - 854 - 2.1.8 - Handle $MFT mirror and $LogFile, improve time handling, and cleanups. 855 - 856 - - Use get_bh() instead of manual atomic_inc() in fs/ntfs/compress.c. 857 - - Modify fs/ntfs/time.c::ntfs2utc(), get_current_ntfs_time(), and 858 - utc2ntfs() to work with struct timespec instead of time_t on the 859 - Linux UTC time side thus preserving the full precision of the NTFS 860 - time and only loosing up to 99 nano-seconds in the Linux UTC time. 861 - - Move fs/ntfs/time.c to fs/ntfs/time.h and make the time functions 862 - static inline. 863 - - Remove unused ntfs_dirty_inode(). 864 - - Cleanup super operations declaration in fs/ntfs/super.c. 865 - - Wrap flush_dcache_mft_record_page() in #ifdef NTFS_RW. 866 - - Add NInoTestSetFoo() and NInoTestClearFoo() macro magic to 867 - fs/ntfs/inode.h and use it to declare NInoTest{Set,Clear}Dirty. 868 - - Move typedefs for ntfs_attr and test_t from fs/ntfs/inode.c to 869 - fs/ntfs/inode.h so they can be used elsewhere. 870 - - Determine the mft mirror size as the number of mirrored mft records 871 - and store it in ntfs_volume->mftmirr_size (fs/ntfs/super.c). 872 - - Load the mft mirror at mount time and compare the mft records stored 873 - in it to the ones in the mft. Force a read-only mount if the two do 874 - not match (fs/ntfs/super.c). 875 - - Fix type casting related warnings on 64-bit architectures. Thanks 876 - to Meelis Roos for reporting them. 877 - - Move %L to %ll as %L is floating point and %ll is integer which is 878 - what we want. 879 - - Read the journal ($LogFile) and determine if the volume has been 880 - shutdown cleanly and force a read-only mount if not (fs/ntfs/super.c 881 - and fs/ntfs/logfile.c). This is a little bit of a crude check in 882 - that we only look at the restart areas and not at the actual log 883 - records so that there will be a very small number of cases where we 884 - think that a volume is dirty when in fact it is clean. This should 885 - only affect volumes that have not been shutdown cleanly and did not 886 - have any pending, non-check-pointed i/o. 887 - - If the $LogFile indicates a clean shutdown and a read-write (re)mount 888 - is requested, empty $LogFile by overwriting it with 0xff bytes to 889 - ensure that Windows cannot cause data corruption by replaying a stale 890 - journal after Linux has written to the volume. 891 - 892 - 2.1.7 - Enable NFS exporting of mounted NTFS volumes. 893 - 894 - - Set i_generation in the VFS inode from the seq_no of the NTFS inode. 895 - - Make ntfs_lookup() NFS export safe, i.e. use d_splice_alias(), etc. 896 - - Implement ->get_dentry() in fs/ntfs/namei.c::ntfs_get_dentry() as the 897 - default doesn't allow inode number 0 which is a valid inode on NTFS 898 - and even if it did allow that it uses iget() instead of ntfs_iget() 899 - which makes it useless for us. 900 - - Implement ->get_parent() in fs/ntfs/namei.c::ntfs_get_parent() as the 901 - default just returns -EACCES which is not very useful. 902 - - Define export operations (->s_export_op) for NTFS (ntfs_export_ops) 903 - and set them up in the super block at mount time (super.c) this 904 - allows mounted NTFS volumes to be exported via NFS. 905 - - Add missing return -EOPNOTSUPP; in 906 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_commit_nonresident_write(). 907 - - Enforce no atime and no dir atime updates at mount/remount time as 908 - they are not implemented yet anyway. 909 - - Move a few assignments in fs/ntfs/attrib.c::load_attribute_list() to 910 - after a NULL check. Thanks to Dave Jones for pointing this out. 911 - 912 - 2.1.6 - Fix minor bug in handling of compressed directories. 913 - 914 - - Fix bug in handling of compressed directories. A compressed 915 - directory is not really compressed so when we set the ->i_blocks 916 - field of a compressed directory inode we were setting it from the 917 - non-existing field ni->itype.compressed.size which gave random 918 - results... For directories we now always use ni->allocated_size. 919 - 920 - 2.1.5 - Fix minor bug in attribute list attribute handling. 921 - 922 - - Fix bug in attribute list handling. Actually it is not as much a bug 923 - as too much protection in that we were not allowing attribute lists 924 - which waste space on disk while Windows XP clearly allows it and in 925 - fact creates such attribute lists so our driver was failing. 926 - - Update NTFS documentation ready for 2.6 kernel release. 927 - 928 - 2.1.4 - Reduce compiler requirements. 929 - 930 - - Remove all uses of unnamed structs and unions in the driver to make 931 - old and newer gcc versions happy. Makes it a bit uglier IMO but at 932 - least people will stop hassling me about it. 933 - 934 - 2.1.3 - Important bug fixes in corner cases. 935 - 936 - - super.c::parse_ntfs_boot_sector(): Correct the check for 64-bit 937 - clusters. (Philipp Thomas) 938 - - attrib.c::load_attribute_list(): Fix bug when initialized_size is a 939 - multiple of the block_size but not the cluster size. (Szabolcs 940 - Szakacsits) 941 - 942 - 2.1.2 - Important bug fixes aleviating the hangs in statfs. 943 - 944 - - Fix buggy free cluster and free inode determination logic. 945 - 946 - 2.1.1 - Minor updates. 947 - 948 - - Add handling for initialized_size != data_size in compressed files. 949 - - Reduce function local stack usage from 0x3d4 bytes to just noise in 950 - fs/ntfs/upcase.c. (Randy Dunlap) 951 - - Remove compiler warnings for newer gcc. 952 - - Pages are no longer kmapped by mm/filemap.c::generic_file_write() 953 - around calls to ->{prepare,commit}_write. Adapt NTFS appropriately 954 - in fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_prepare_nonresident_write() by using 955 - kmap_atomic(KM_USER0). 956 - 957 - 2.1.0 - First steps towards write support: implement file overwrite. 958 - 959 - - Add configuration option for developmental write support with an 960 - appropriately scary configuration help text. 961 - - Initial implementation of fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_writepage() and its 962 - helper fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_write_block(). This enables mmap(2) based 963 - overwriting of existing files on ntfs. Note: Resident files are 964 - only written into memory, and not written out to disk at present, so 965 - avoid writing to files smaller than about 1kiB. 966 - - Initial implementation of fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_prepare_write(), its 967 - helper fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_prepare_nonresident_write() and their 968 - counterparts, fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_commit_write(), and 969 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_commit_nonresident_write(), respectively. Also, 970 - add generic_file_write() to the ntfs file operations (fs/ntfs/file.c). 971 - This enables write(2) based overwriting of existing files on ntfs. 972 - Note: As with mmap(2) based overwriting, resident files are only 973 - written into memory, and not written out to disk at present, so avoid 974 - writing to files smaller than about 1kiB. 975 - - Implement ->truncate (fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_truncate()) and 976 - ->setattr() (fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_setattr()) inode operations for 977 - files with the purpose of intercepting and aborting all i_size 978 - changes which we do not support yet. ntfs_truncate() actually only 979 - emits a warning message but AFAICS our interception of i_size changes 980 - elsewhere means ntfs_truncate() never gets called for i_size changes. 981 - It is only called from generic_file_write() when we fail in 982 - ntfs_prepare_{,nonresident_}write() in order to discard any 983 - instantiated buffers beyond i_size. Thus i_size is not actually 984 - changed so our warning message is enough. Unfortunately it is not 985 - possible to easily determine if i_size is being changed or not hence 986 - we just emit an appropriately worded error message. 987 - 988 - 2.0.25 - Small bug fixes and cleanups. 989 - 990 - - Unlock the page in an out of memory error code path in 991 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_read_block(). 992 - - If fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_read_page() is called on an uptodate page, 993 - just unlock the page and return. (This can happen due to ->writepage 994 - clearing PageUptodate() during write out of MstProtected() 995 - attributes. 996 - - Remove leaked write code again. 997 - 998 - 2.0.24 - Cleanups. 999 - 1000 - - Treat BUG_ON() as ASSERT() not VERIFY(), i.e. do not use side effects 1001 - inside BUG_ON(). (Adam J. Richter) 1002 - - Split logical OR expressions inside BUG_ON() into individual BUG_ON() 1003 - calls for improved debugging. (Adam J. Richter) 1004 - - Add errors flag to the ntfs volume state, accessed via 1005 - NVol{,Set,Clear}Errors(vol). 1006 - - Do not allow read-write remounts of read-only volumes with errors. 1007 - - Clarify comment for ntfs file operation sendfile which was added by 1008 - Christoph Hellwig a while ago (just using generic_file_sendfile()) 1009 - to say that ntfs ->sendfile is only used for the case where the 1010 - source data is on the ntfs partition and the destination is 1011 - somewhere else, i.e. nothing we need to concern ourselves with. 1012 - - Add generic_file_write() as our ntfs file write operation. 1013 - 1014 - 2.0.23 - Major bug fixes (races, deadlocks, non-i386 architectures). 1015 - 1016 - - Massive internal locking changes to mft record locking. Fixes lock 1017 - recursion and replaces the mrec_lock read/write semaphore with a 1018 - mutex. Also removes the now superfluous mft_count. This fixes several 1019 - race conditions and deadlocks, especially in the future write code. 1020 - - Fix ntfs over loopback for compressed files by adding an 1021 - optimization barrier. (gcc was screwing up otherwise ?) 1022 - - Miscellaneous cleanups all over the code and a fix or two in error 1023 - handling code paths. 1024 - Thanks go to Christoph Hellwig for pointing out the following two: 1025 - - Remove now unused function fs/ntfs/malloc.h::vmalloc_nofs(). 1026 - - Fix ntfs_free() for ia64 and parisc by checking for VMALLOC_END, too. 1027 - 1028 - 2.0.22 - Cleanups, mainly to ntfs_readdir(), and use C99 initializers. 1029 - 1030 - - Change fs/ntfs/dir.c::ntfs_reddir() to only read/write ->f_pos once 1031 - at entry/exit respectively. 1032 - - Use C99 initializers for structures. 1033 - - Remove unused variable blocks from fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_read_block(). 1034 - 1035 - 2.0.21 - Check for, and refuse to work with too large files/directories/volumes. 1036 - 1037 - - Limit volume size at mount time to 2TiB on architectures where 1038 - unsigned long is 32-bits (fs/ntfs/super.c::parse_ntfs_boot_sector()). 1039 - This is the most we can do without overflowing the 32-bit limit of 1040 - the block device size imposed on us by sb_bread() and sb_getblk() 1041 - for the time being. 1042 - - Limit file/directory size at open() time to 16TiB on architectures 1043 - where unsigned long is 32-bits (fs/ntfs/file.c::ntfs_file_open() and 1044 - fs/ntfs/dir.c::ntfs_dir_open()). This is the most we can do without 1045 - overflowing the page cache page index. 1046 - 1047 - 2.0.20 - Support non-resident directory index bitmaps, fix page leak in readdir. 1048 - 1049 - - Move the directory index bitmap to use an attribute inode instead of 1050 - having special fields for it inside the ntfs inode structure. This 1051 - means that the index bitmaps now use the page cache for i/o, too, 1052 - and also as a side effect we get support for non-resident index 1053 - bitmaps for free. 1054 - - Simplify/cleanup error handling in fs/ntfs/dir.c::ntfs_readdir() and 1055 - fix a page leak that manifested itself in some cases. 1056 - - Add fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_put_inode(), which we need to release the 1057 - index bitmap inode on the final iput(). 1058 - 1059 - 2.0.19 - Fix race condition, improvements, and optimizations in i/o interface. 1060 - 1061 - - Apply block optimization added to fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_read_block() 1062 - to fs/ntfs/compress.c::ntfs_file_read_compressed_block() as well. 1063 - - Drop the "file" from ntfs_file_read_compressed_block(). 1064 - - Rename fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_enb_buffer_read_async() to 1065 - ntfs_end_buffer_async_read() (more like the fs/buffer.c counterpart). 1066 - - Update ntfs_end_buffer_async_read() with the improved logic from 1067 - its updated counterpart fs/buffer.c::end_buffer_async_read(). Apply 1068 - further logic improvements to better determine when we set PageError. 1069 - - Update submission of buffers in fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_read_block() to 1070 - check for the buffers being uptodate first in line with the updated 1071 - fs/buffer.c::block_read_full_page(). This plugs a small race 1072 - condition. 1073 - 1074 - 2.0.18 - Fix race condition in reading of compressed files. 1075 - 1076 - - There was a narrow window between checking a buffer head for being 1077 - uptodate and locking it in ntfs_file_read_compressed_block(). We now 1078 - lock the buffer and then check whether it is uptodate or not. 1079 - 1080 - 2.0.17 - Cleanups and optimizations - shrinking the ToDo list. 1081 - 1082 - - Modify fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_read_locked_inode() to return an error 1083 - code and update callers, i.e. ntfs_iget(), to pass that error code 1084 - up instead of just using -EIO. 1085 - - Modifications to super.c to ensure that both mount and remount 1086 - cannot set any write related options when the driver is compiled 1087 - read-only. 1088 - - Optimize block resolution in fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_read_block() to 1089 - cache the current runlist element. This should improve performance 1090 - when reading very large and/or very fragmented data. 1091 - 1092 - 2.0.16 - Convert access to $MFT/$BITMAP to attribute inode API. 1093 - 1094 - - Fix a stupid bug introduced in 2.0.15 where we were unmapping the 1095 - wrong inode in fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_attr_iget(). 1096 - - Fix debugging check in fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_read_block(). 1097 - - Convert $MFT/$BITMAP access to attribute inode API and remove all 1098 - remnants of the ugly mftbmp address space and operations hack. This 1099 - means we finally have only one readpage function as well as only one 1100 - async io completion handler. Yey! The mft bitmap is now just an 1101 - attribute inode and is accessed from vol->mftbmp_ino just as if it 1102 - were a normal file. Fake inodes rule. (-: 1103 - 1104 - 2.0.15 - Fake inodes based attribute i/o via the pagecache, fixes and cleanups. 1105 - 1106 - - Fix silly bug in fs/ntfs/super.c::parse_options() which was causing 1107 - remounts to fail when the partition had an entry in /etc/fstab and 1108 - the entry specified the nls= option. 1109 - - Apply same macro magic used in fs/ntfs/inode.h to fs/ntfs/volume.h to 1110 - expand all the helper functions NVolFoo(), NVolSetFoo(), and 1111 - NVolClearFoo(). 1112 - - Move copyright statement from driver initialisation message to 1113 - module description (fs/super.c). This makes the initialisation 1114 - message fit on one line and fits in better with rest of kernel. 1115 - - Update fs/ntfs/attrib.c::map_run_list() to work on both real and 1116 - attribute inodes, and both for files and directories. 1117 - - Implement fake attribute inodes allowing all attribute i/o to go via 1118 - the page cache and to use all the normal vfs/mm functionality: 1119 - - Add ntfs_attr_iget() and its helper ntfs_read_locked_attr_inode() 1120 - to fs/ntfs/inode.c. 1121 - - Add needed cleanup code to ntfs_clear_big_inode(). 1122 - - Merge address space operations for files and directories (aops.c), 1123 - now just have ntfs_aops: 1124 - - Rename: 1125 - end_buffer_read_attr_async() -> ntfs_end_buffer_read_async(), 1126 - ntfs_attr_read_block() -> ntfs_read_block(), 1127 - ntfs_file_read_page() -> ntfs_readpage(). 1128 - - Rewrite fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_readpage() to work on both real and 1129 - attribute inodes, and both for files and directories. 1130 - - Remove obsolete fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_mst_readpage(). 1131 - 1132 - 2.0.14 - Run list merging code cleanup, minor locking changes, typo fixes. 1133 - 1134 - - Change fs/ntfs/super.c::ntfs_statfs() to not rely on BKL by moving 1135 - the locking out of super.c::get_nr_free_mft_records() and taking and 1136 - dropping the mftbmp_lock rw_semaphore in ntfs_statfs() itself. 1137 - - Bring attribute runlist merging code (fs/ntfs/attrib.c) in sync with 1138 - current userspace ntfs library code. This means that if a merge 1139 - fails the original runlists are always left unmodified instead of 1140 - being silently corrupted. 1141 - - Misc typo fixes. 1142 - 1143 - 2.0.13 - Use iget5_locked() in preparation for fake inodes and small cleanups. 1144 - 1145 - - Remove nr_mft_bits and the now superfluous union with nr_mft_records 1146 - from ntfs_volume structure. 1147 - - Remove nr_lcn_bits and the now superfluous union with nr_clusters 1148 - from ntfs_volume structure. 1149 - - Use iget5_locked() and friends instead of conventional iget(). Wrap 1150 - the call in fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_iget() and update callers of iget() 1151 - to use ntfs_iget(). Leave only one iget() call at mount time so we 1152 - don't need an ntfs_iget_mount(). 1153 - - Change fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_new_extent_inode() to take mft_no as an 1154 - additional argument. 1155 - 1156 - 2.0.12 - Initial cleanup of address space operations following 2.0.11 changes. 1157 - 1158 - - Merge fs/ntfs/aops.c::end_buffer_read_mst_async() and 1159 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::end_buffer_read_file_async() into one function 1160 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::end_buffer_read_attr_async() using NInoMstProtected() 1161 - to determine whether to apply mst fixups or not. 1162 - - Above change allows merging fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_file_read_block() 1163 - and fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_mst_readpage() into one function 1164 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_attr_read_block(). Also, create a tiny wrapper 1165 - fs/ntfs/aops.c::ntfs_mst_readpage() to transform the parameters from 1166 - the VFS readpage function prototype to the ntfs_attr_read_block() 1167 - function prototype. 1168 - 1169 - 2.0.11 - Initial preparations for fake inode based attribute i/o. 1170 - 1171 - - Move definition of ntfs_inode_state_bits to fs/ntfs/inode.h and 1172 - do some macro magic (adapted from include/linux/buffer_head.h) to 1173 - expand all the helper functions NInoFoo(), NInoSetFoo(), and 1174 - NInoClearFoo(). 1175 - - Add new flag to ntfs_inode_state_bits: NI_Sparse. 1176 - - Add new fields to ntfs_inode structure to allow use of fake inodes 1177 - for attribute i/o: type, name, name_len. Also add new state bits: 1178 - NI_Attr, which, if set, indicates the inode is a fake inode, and 1179 - NI_MstProtected, which, if set, indicates the attribute uses multi 1180 - sector transfer protection, i.e. fixups need to be applied after 1181 - reads and before/after writes. 1182 - - Rename fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_{new,clear,destroy}_inode() to 1183 - ntfs_{new,clear,destroy}_extent_inode() and update callers. 1184 - - Use ntfs_clear_extent_inode() in fs/ntfs/inode.c::__ntfs_clear_inode() 1185 - instead of ntfs_destroy_extent_inode(). 1186 - - Cleanup memory deallocations in {__,}ntfs_clear_{,big_}inode(). 1187 - - Make all operations on ntfs inode state bits use the NIno* functions. 1188 - - Set up the new ntfs inode fields and state bits in 1189 - fs/ntfs/inode.c::ntfs_read_inode() and add appropriate cleanup of 1190 - allocated memory to __ntfs_clear_inode(). 1191 - - Cleanup ntfs_inode structure a bit for better ordering of elements 1192 - w.r.t. their size to allow better packing of the structure in memory. 1193 - 1194 - 2.0.10 - There can only be 2^32 - 1 inodes on an NTFS volume. 1195 - 1196 - - Add check at mount time to verify that the number of inodes on the 1197 - volume does not exceed 2^32 - 1, which is the maximum allowed for 1198 - NTFS according to Microsoft. 1199 - - Change mft_no member of ntfs_inode structure to be unsigned long. 1200 - Update all users. This makes ntfs_inode->mft_no just a copy of struct 1201 - inode->i_ino. But we can't just always use struct inode->i_ino and 1202 - remove mft_no because extent inodes do not have an attached struct 1203 - inode. 1204 - 1205 - 2.0.9 - Decompression engine now uses a single buffer and other cleanups. 1206 - 1207 - - Change decompression engine to use a single buffer protected by a 1208 - spin lock instead of per-CPU buffers. (Rusty Russell) 1209 - - Do not update cb_pos when handling a partial final page during 1210 - decompression of a sparse compression block, as the value is later 1211 - reset without being read/used. (Rusty Russell) 1212 - - Switch to using the new KM_BIO_SRC_IRQ for atomic kmap()s. (Andrew 1213 - Morton) 1214 - - Change buffer size in ntfs_readdir()/ntfs_filldir() to use 1215 - NLS_MAX_CHARSET_SIZE which makes the buffers almost 1kiB each but 1216 - it also makes everything safer so it is a good thing. 1217 - - Miscellaneous minor cleanups to comments. 1218 - 1219 - 2.0.8 - Major updates for handling of case sensitivity and dcache aliasing. 1220 - 1221 - Big thanks go to Al Viro and other inhabitants of #kernel for investing 1222 - their time to discuss the case sensitivity and dcache aliasing issues. 1223 - 1224 - - Remove unused source file fs/ntfs/attraops.c. 1225 - - Remove show_inodes mount option(s), thus dropping support for 1226 - displaying of short file names. 1227 - - Remove deprecated mount option posix. 1228 - - Restore show_sys_files mount option. 1229 - - Add new mount option case_sensitive, to determine if the driver 1230 - treats file names as case sensitive or not. If case sensitive, create 1231 - file names in the POSIX namespace. Otherwise create file names in the 1232 - LONG/WIN32 namespace. Note, files remain accessible via their short 1233 - file name, if it exists. 1234 - - Remove really dumb logic bug in boot sector recovery code. 1235 - - Fix dcache aliasing issues wrt short/long file names via changes 1236 - to fs/ntfs/dir.c::ntfs_lookup_inode_by_name() and 1237 - fs/ntfs/namei.c::ntfs_lookup(): 1238 - - Add additional argument to ntfs_lookup_inode_by_name() in which we 1239 - return information about the matching file name if the case is not 1240 - matching or the match is a short file name. See comments above the 1241 - function definition for details. 1242 - - Change ntfs_lookup() to only create dcache entries for the correctly 1243 - cased file name and only for the WIN32 namespace counterpart of DOS 1244 - namespace file names. This ensures we have only one dentry per 1245 - directory and also removes all dcache aliasing issues between short 1246 - and long file names once we add write support. See comments above 1247 - function for details. 1248 - - Fix potential 1 byte overflow in fs/ntfs/unistr.c::ntfs_ucstonls(). 1249 - 1250 - 2.0.7 - Minor cleanups and updates for changes in core kernel code. 1251 - 1252 - - Remove much of the NULL struct element initializers. 1253 - - Various updates to make compatible with recent kernels. 1254 - - Remove defines of MAX_BUF_PER_PAGE and include linux/buffer_head.h 1255 - in fs/ntfs/ntfs.h instead. 1256 - - Remove no longer needed KERNEL_VERSION checks. We are now in the 1257 - kernel proper so they are no longer needed. 1258 - 1259 - 2.0.6 - Major bugfix to make compatible with other kernel changes. 1260 - 1261 - - Initialize the mftbmp address space properly now that there are more 1262 - fields in the struct address_space. This was leading to hangs and 1263 - oopses on umount since 2.5.12 because of changes to other parts of 1264 - the kernel. We probably want a kernel generic init_address_space() 1265 - function... 1266 - - Drop BKL from ntfs_readdir() after consultation with Al Viro. The 1267 - only caller of ->readdir() is vfs_readdir() which holds i_mutex 1268 - during the call, and i_mutex is sufficient protection against changes 1269 - in the directory inode (including ->i_size). 1270 - - Use generic_file_llseek() for directories (as opposed to 1271 - default_llseek()) as this downs i_mutex instead of the BKL which is 1272 - what we now need for exclusion against ->f_pos changes considering we 1273 - no longer take the BKL in ntfs_readdir(). 1274 - 1275 - 2.0.5 - Major bugfix. Buffer overflow in extent inode handling. 1276 - 1277 - - No need to set old blocksize in super.c::ntfs_fill_super() as the 1278 - VFS does so via invocation of deactivate_super() calling 1279 - fs->fill_super() calling block_kill_super() which does it. 1280 - - BKL moved from VFS into dir.c::ntfs_readdir(). (Linus Torvalds) 1281 - -> Do we really need it? I don't think so as we have exclusion on 1282 - the directory ntfs_inode rw_semaphore mrec_lock. We mmight have to 1283 - move the ->f_pos accesses under the mrec_lock though. Check this... 1284 - - Fix really, really, really stupid buffer overflow in extent inode 1285 - handling in mft.c::map_extent_mft_record(). 1286 - 1287 - 2.0.4 - Cleanups and updates for kernel 2.5.11. 1288 - 1289 - - Add documentation on how to use the MD driver to be able to use NTFS 1290 - stripe and volume sets in Linux and generally cleanup documentation 1291 - a bit. 1292 - Remove all uses of kdev_t in favour of struct block_device *: 1293 - - Change compress.c::ntfs_file_read_compressed_block() to use 1294 - sb_getblk() instead of getblk(). 1295 - - Change super.c::ntfs_fill_super() to use bdev_hardsect_size() instead 1296 - of get_hardsect_size(). 1297 - - No need to get old blocksize in super.c::ntfs_fill_super() as 1298 - fs/super.c::get_sb_bdev() already does this. 1299 - - Set bh->b_bdev instead of bh->b_dev throughout aops.c. 1300 - 1301 - 2.0.3 - Small bug fixes, cleanups, and performance improvements. 1302 - 1303 - - Remove some dead code from mft.c. 1304 - - Optimize readpage and read_block functions throughout aops.c so that 1305 - only initialized blocks are read. Non-initialized ones have their 1306 - buffer head mapped, zeroed, and set up to date, without scheduling 1307 - any i/o. Thanks to Al Viro for advice on how to avoid the device i/o. 1308 - Thanks go to Andrew Morton for spotting the below: 1309 - - Fix buglet in allocate_compression_buffers() error code path. 1310 - - Call flush_dcache_page() after modifying page cache page contents in 1311 - ntfs_file_readpage(). 1312 - - Check for existence of page buffers throughout aops.c before calling 1313 - create_empty_buffers(). This happens when an I/O error occurs and the 1314 - read is retried. (It also happens once writing is implemented so that 1315 - needed doing anyway but I had left it for later...) 1316 - - Don't BUG_ON() uptodate and/or mapped buffers throughout aops.c in 1317 - readpage and read_block functions. Reasoning same as above (i.e. I/O 1318 - error retries and future write code paths.) 1319 - 1320 - 2.0.2 - Minor updates and cleanups. 1321 - 1322 - - Cleanup: rename mst.c::__post_read_mst_fixup to post_write_mst_fixup 1323 - and cleanup the code a bit, removing the unused size parameter. 1324 - - Change default fmask to 0177 and update documentation. 1325 - - Change attrib.c::get_attr_search_ctx() to return the search context 1326 - directly instead of taking the address of a pointer. A return value 1327 - of NULL means the allocation failed. Updated all callers 1328 - appropriately. 1329 - - Update to 2.5.9 kernel (preserving backwards compatibility) by 1330 - replacing all occurences of page->buffers with page_buffers(page). 1331 - - Fix minor bugs in runlist merging, also minor cleanup. 1332 - - Updates to bootsector layout and mft mirror contents descriptions. 1333 - - Small bug fix in error detection in unistr.c and some cleanups. 1334 - - Grow name buffer allocations in unistr.c in aligned mutlipled of 64 1335 - bytes. 1336 - 1337 - 2.0.1 - Minor updates. 1338 - 1339 - - Make default umask correspond to documentation. 1340 - - Improve documentation. 1341 - - Set default mode to include execute bit. The {u,f,d}mask can be used 1342 - to take it away if desired. This allows binaries to be executed from 1343 - a mounted ntfs partition. 1344 - 1345 - 2.0.0 - New version number. Remove TNG from the name. Now in the kernel. 1346 - 1347 - - Add kill_super, just keeping up with the vfs changes in the kernel. 1348 - - Repeat some changes from tng-0.0.8 that somehow got lost on the way 1349 - from the CVS import into BitKeeper. 1350 - - Begin to implement proper handling of allocated_size vs 1351 - initialized_size vs data_size (i.e. i_size). Done are 1352 - mft.c::ntfs_mft_readpage(), aops.c::end_buffer_read_index_async(), 1353 - and attrib.c::load_attribute_list(). 1354 - - Lock the runlist in attrib.c::load_attribute_list() while using it. 1355 - - Fix memory leak in ntfs_file_read_compressed_block() and generally 1356 - clean up compress.c a little, removing some uncommented/unused debug 1357 - code. 1358 - - Tidy up dir.c a little bit. 1359 - - Don't bother getting the runlist in inode.c::ntfs_read_inode(). 1360 - - Merge mft.c::ntfs_mft_readpage() and aops.c::ntfs_index_readpage() 1361 - creating aops.c::ntfs_mst_readpage(), improving the handling of 1362 - holes and overflow in the process and implementing the correct 1363 - equivalent of ntfs_file_get_block() in ntfs_mst_readpage() itself. 1364 - I am aiming for correctness at the moment. Modularisation can come 1365 - later. 1366 - - Rename aops.c::end_buffer_read_index_async() to 1367 - end_buffer_read_mst_async() and optimize the overflow checking and 1368 - handling. 1369 - - Use the host of the mftbmp address space mapping to hold the ntfs 1370 - volume. This is needed so the async i/o completion handler can 1371 - retrieve a pointer to the volume. Hopefully this will not cause 1372 - problems elsewhere in the kernel... Otherwise will need to use a 1373 - fake inode. 1374 - - Complete implementation of proper handling of allocated_size vs 1375 - initialized_size vs data_size (i.e. i_size) in whole driver. 1376 - Basically aops.c is now completely rewritten. 1377 - - Change NTFS driver name to just NTFS and set version number to 2.0.0 1378 - to make a clear distinction from the old driver which is still on 1379 - version 1.1.22. 1380 - 1381 - tng-0.0.8 - 08/03/2002 - Now using BitKeeper, http://linux-ntfs.bkbits.net/ 1382 - 1383 - - Replace bdevname(sb->s_dev) with sb->s_id. 1384 - - Remove now superfluous new-line characters in all callers of 1385 - ntfs_debug(). 1386 - - Apply kludge in ntfs_read_inode(), setting i_nlink to 1 for 1387 - directories. Without this the "find" utility gets very upset which is 1388 - fair enough as Linux/Unix do not support directory hard links. 1389 - - Further runlist merging work. (Richard Russon) 1390 - - Backwards compatibility for gcc-2.95. (Richard Russon) 1391 - - Update to kernel 2.5.5-pre1 and rediff the now tiny patch. 1392 - - Convert to new filesystem declaration using ->ntfs_get_sb() and 1393 - replacing ntfs_read_super() with ntfs_fill_super(). 1394 - - Set s_maxbytes to MAX_LFS_FILESIZE to avoid page cache page index 1395 - overflow on 32-bit architectures. 1396 - - Cleanup upcase loading code to use ntfs_(un)map_page(). 1397 - - Disable/reenable preemtion in critical sections of compession engine. 1398 - - Replace device size determination in ntfs_fill_super() with 1399 - sb->s_bdev->bd_inode->i_size (in bytes) and remove now superfluous 1400 - function super.c::get_nr_blocks(). 1401 - - Implement a mount time option (show_inodes) allowing choice of which 1402 - types of inode names readdir() returns and modify ntfs_filldir() 1403 - accordingly. There are several parameters to show_inodes: 1404 - system: system files 1405 - win32: long file names (including POSIX file names) [DEFAULT] 1406 - long: same as win32 1407 - dos: short file names only (excluding POSIX file names) 1408 - short: same as dos 1409 - posix: same as both win32 and dos 1410 - all: all file names 1411 - Note that the options are additive, i.e. specifying: 1412 - -o show_inodes=system,show_inodes=win32,show_inodes=dos 1413 - is the same as specifying: 1414 - -o show_inodes=all 1415 - Note that the "posix" and "all" options will show all directory 1416 - names, BUT the link count on each directory inode entry is set to 1, 1417 - due to Linux not supporting directory hard links. This may well 1418 - confuse some userspace applications, since the directory names will 1419 - have the same inode numbers. Thus it is NOT advisable to use the 1420 - "posix" or "all" options. We provide them only for completeness sake. 1421 - - Add copies of allocated_size, initialized_size, and compressed_size to 1422 - the ntfs inode structure and set them up in 1423 - inode.c::ntfs_read_inode(). These reflect the unnamed data attribute 1424 - for files and the index allocation attribute for directories. 1425 - - Add copies of allocated_size and initialized_size to ntfs inode for 1426 - $BITMAP attribute of large directories and set them up in 1427 - inode.c::ntfs_read_inode(). 1428 - - Add copies of allocated_size and initialized_size to ntfs volume for 1429 - $BITMAP attribute of $MFT and set them up in 1430 - super.c::load_system_files(). 1431 - - Parse deprecated ntfs driver options (iocharset, show_sys_files, 1432 - posix, and utf8) and tell user what the new options to use are. Note 1433 - we still do support them but they will be removed with kernel 2.7.x. 1434 - - Change all occurences of integer long long printf formatting to hex 1435 - as printk() will not support long long integer format if/when the 1436 - div64 patch goes into the kernel. 1437 - - Make slab caches have stable names and change the names to what they 1438 - were intended to be. These changes are required/made possible by the 1439 - new slab cache name handling which removes the length limitation by 1440 - requiring the caller of kmem_cache_create() to supply a stable name 1441 - which is then referenced but not copied. 1442 - - Rename run_list structure to run_list_element and create a new 1443 - run_list structure containing a pointer to a run_list_element 1444 - structure and a read/write semaphore. Adapt all users of runlists 1445 - to new scheme and take and release the lock as needed. This fixes a 1446 - nasty race as the run_list changes even when inodes are locked for 1447 - reading and even when the inode isn't locked at all, so we really 1448 - needed the serialization. We use a semaphore rather than a spinlock 1449 - as memory allocations can sleep and doing everything GFP_ATOMIC 1450 - would be silly. 1451 - - Cleanup read_inode() removing all code checking for lowest_vcn != 0. 1452 - This can never happen due to the nature of lookup_attr() and how we 1453 - support attribute lists. If it did happen it would imply the inode 1454 - being corrupt. 1455 - - Check for lowest_vcn != 0 in ntfs_read_inode() and mark the inode as 1456 - bad if found. 1457 - - Update to 2.5.6-pre2 changes in struct address_space. 1458 - - Use parent_ino() when accessing d_parent inode number in dir.c. 1459 - - Import Sourceforge CVS repository into BitKeeper repository: 1460 - http://linux-ntfs.bkbits.net/ntfs-tng-2.5 1461 - - Update fs/Makefile, fs/Config.help, fs/Config.in, and 1462 - Documentation/filesystems/ntfs.txt for NTFS TNG. 1463 - - Create kernel configuration option controlling whether debugging 1464 - is enabled or not. 1465 - - Add the required export of end_buffer_io_sync() from the patches 1466 - directory to the kernel code. 1467 - - Update inode.c::ntfs_show_options() with show_inodes mount option. 1468 - - Update errors mount option. 1469 - 1470 - tng-0.0.7 - 13/02/2002 - The driver is now feature complete for read-only! 1471 - 1472 - - Cleanup mft.c and it's debug/error output in particular. Fix a minor 1473 - bug in mapping of extent inodes. Update all the comments to fit all 1474 - the recent code changes. 1475 - - Modify vcn_to_lcn() to cope with entirely unmapped runlists. 1476 - - Cleanups in compress.c, mostly comments and folding help. 1477 - - Implement attrib.c::map_run_list() as a generic helper. 1478 - - Make compress.c::ntfs_file_read_compressed_block() use map_run_list() 1479 - thus making code shorter and enabling attribute list support. 1480 - - Cleanup incorrect use of [su]64 with %L printf format specifier in 1481 - all source files. Type casts to [unsigned] long long added to correct 1482 - the mismatches (important for architectures which have long long not 1483 - being 64 bits). 1484 - - Merge async io completion handlers for directory indexes and $MFT 1485 - data into one by setting the index_block_size{_bits} of the ntfs 1486 - inode for $MFT to the mft_record_size{_bits} of the ntfs_volume. 1487 - - Cleanup aops.c, update comments. 1488 - - Make ntfs_file_get_block() use map_run_list() so all files now 1489 - support attribute lists. 1490 - - Make ntfs_dir_readpage() almost verbatim copy of 1491 - block_read_full_page() by using ntfs_file_get_block() with only real 1492 - difference being the use of our own async io completion handler 1493 - rather than the default one, thus reducing the amount of code and 1494 - automatically enabling attribute list support for directory indices. 1495 - - Fix bug in load_attribute_list() - forgot to call brelse in error 1496 - code path. 1497 - - Change parameters to find_attr() and lookup_attr(). We no longer 1498 - pass in the upcase table and its length. These can be gotten from 1499 - ctx->ntfs_ino->vol->upcase{_len}. Update all callers. 1500 - - Cleanups in attrib.c. 1501 - - Implement merging of runlists, attrib.c::merge_run_lists() and its 1502 - helpers. (Richard Russon) 1503 - - Attribute lists part 2, attribute extents and multi part runlists: 1504 - enable proper support for LCN_RL_NOT_MAPPED and automatic mapping of 1505 - further runlist parts via attrib.c::map_run_list(). 1506 - - Tiny endianness bug fix in decompress_mapping_pairs(). 1507 - 1508 - tng-0.0.6 - Encrypted directories, bug fixes, cleanups, debugging enhancements. 1509 - 1510 - - Enable encrypted directories. (Their index root is marked encrypted 1511 - to indicate that new files in that directory should be created 1512 - encrypted.) 1513 - - Fix bug in NInoBmpNonResident() macro. (Cut and paste error.) 1514 - - Enable $Extend system directory. Most (if not all) extended system 1515 - files do not have unnamed data attributes so ntfs_read_inode() had to 1516 - special case them but that is ok, as the special casing recovery 1517 - happens inside an error code path so there is zero slow down in the 1518 - normal fast path. The special casing is done by introducing a new 1519 - function inode.c::ntfs_is_extended_system_file() which checks if any 1520 - of the hard links in the inode point to $Extend as being their parent 1521 - directory and if they do we assume this is an extended system file. 1522 - - Create a sysctl/proc interface to allow {dis,en}abling of debug output 1523 - when compiled with -DDEBUG. Default is debug messages to be disabled. 1524 - To enable them, one writes a non-zero value to /proc/sys/fs/ntfs-debug 1525 - (if /proc is enabled) or uses sysctl(2) to effect the same (if sysctl 1526 - interface is enabled). Inspired by old ntfs driver. 1527 - - Add debug_msgs insmod/kernel boot parameter to set whether debug 1528 - messages are {dis,en}abled. This is useful to enable debug messages 1529 - during ntfs initialization and is the only way to activate debugging 1530 - when the sysctl interface is not enabled. 1531 - - Cleanup debug output in various places. 1532 - - Remove all dollar signs ($) from the source (except comments) to 1533 - enable compilation on architectures whose gcc compiler does not 1534 - support dollar signs in the names of variables/constants. Attribute 1535 - types now start with AT_ instead of $ and $I30 is now just I30. 1536 - - Cleanup ntfs_lookup() and add consistency check of sequence numbers. 1537 - - Load complete runlist for $MFT/$BITMAP during mount and cleanup 1538 - access functions. This means we now cope with $MFT/$BITMAP being 1539 - spread accross several mft records. 1540 - - Disable modification of mft_zone_multiplier on remount. We can always 1541 - reenable this later on if we really want to, but we will need to make 1542 - sure we readjust the mft_zone size / layout accordingly. 1543 - 1544 - tng-0.0.5 - Modernize for 2.5.x and further in line-ing with Al Viro's comments. 1545 - 1546 - - Use sb_set_blocksize() instead of set_blocksize() and verify the 1547 - return value. 1548 - - Use sb_bread() instead of bread() throughout. 1549 - - Add index_vcn_size{_bits} to ntfs_inode structure to store the size 1550 - of a directory index block vcn. Apply resulting simplifications in 1551 - dir.c everywhere. 1552 - - Fix a small bug somewhere (but forgot what it was). 1553 - - Change ntfs_{debug,error,warning} to enable gcc to do type checking 1554 - on the printf-format parameter list and fix bugs reported by gcc 1555 - as a result. (Richard Russon) 1556 - - Move inode allocation strategy to Al's new stuff but maintain the 1557 - divorce of ntfs_inode from struct inode. To achieve this we have two 1558 - separate slab caches, one for big ntfs inodes containing a struct 1559 - inode and pure ntfs inodes and at the same time fix some faulty 1560 - error code paths in ntfs_read_inode(). 1561 - - Show mount options in proc (inode.c::ntfs_show_options()). 1562 - 1563 - tng-0.0.4 - Big changes, getting in line with Al Viro's comments. 1564 - 1565 - - Modified (un)map_mft_record functions to be common for read and write 1566 - case. To specify which is which, added extra parameter at front of 1567 - parameter list. Pass either READ or WRITE to this, each has the 1568 - obvious meaning. 1569 - - General cleanups to allow for easier folding in vi. 1570 - - attrib.c::decompress_mapping_pairs() now accepts the old runlist 1571 - argument, and invokes attrib.c::merge_run_lists() to merge the old 1572 - and the new runlists. 1573 - - Removed attrib.c::find_first_attr(). 1574 - - Implemented loading of attribute list and complete runlist for $MFT. 1575 - This means we now cope with $MFT being spread across several mft 1576 - records. 1577 - - Adapt to 2.5.2-pre9 and the changed create_empty_buffers() syntax. 1578 - - Adapt major/minor/kdev_t/[bk]devname stuff to new 2.5.x kernels. 1579 - - Make ntfs_volume be allocated via kmalloc() instead of using a slab 1580 - cache. There are too little ntfs_volume structures at any one time 1581 - to justify a private slab cache. 1582 - - Fix bogus kmap() use in async io completion. Now use kmap_atomic(). 1583 - Use KM_BIO_IRQ on advice from IRC/kernel... 1584 - - Use ntfs_map_page() in map_mft_record() and create ->readpage method 1585 - for reading $MFT (ntfs_mft_readpage). In the process create dedicated 1586 - address space operations (ntfs_mft_aops) for $MFT inode mapping. Also 1587 - removed the now superfluous exports from the kernel core patch. 1588 - - Fix a bug where kfree() was used instead of ntfs_free(). 1589 - - Change map_mft_record() to take ntfs_inode as argument instead of 1590 - vfs inode. Dito for unmap_mft_record(). Adapt all callers. 1591 - - Add pointer to ntfs_volume to ntfs_inode. 1592 - - Add mft record number and sequence number to ntfs_inode. Stop using 1593 - i_ino and i_generation for in-driver purposes. 1594 - - Implement attrib.c::merge_run_lists(). (Richard Russon) 1595 - - Remove use of proper inodes by extent inodes. Move i_ino and 1596 - i_generation to ntfs_inode to do this. Apply simplifications that 1597 - result and remove iget_no_wait(), etc. 1598 - - Pass ntfs_inode everywhere in the driver (used to be struct inode). 1599 - - Add reference counting in ntfs_inode for the ntfs inode itself and 1600 - for the mapped mft record. 1601 - - Extend mft record mapping so we can (un)map extent mft records (new 1602 - functions (un)map_extent_mft_record), and so mappings are reference 1603 - counted and don't have to happen twice if already mapped - just ref 1604 - count increases. 1605 - - Add -o iocharset as alias to -o nls for backwards compatibility. 1606 - - The latest core patch is now tiny. In fact just a single additional 1607 - export is necessary over the base kernel. 1608 - 1609 - tng-0.0.3 - Cleanups, enhancements, bug fixes. 1610 - 1611 - - Work on attrib.c::decompress_mapping_pairs() to detect base extents 1612 - and setup the runlist appropriately using knowledge provided by the 1613 - sizes in the base attribute record. 1614 - - Balance the get_/put_attr_search_ctx() calls so we don't leak memory 1615 - any more. 1616 - - Introduce ntfs_malloc_nofs() and ntfs_free() to allocate/free a single 1617 - page or use vmalloc depending on the amount of memory requested. 1618 - - Cleanup error output. The __FUNCTION__ "(): " is now added 1619 - automatically. Introduced a new header file debug.h to support this 1620 - and also moved ntfs_debug() function into it. 1621 - - Make reading of compressed files more intelligent and especially get 1622 - rid of the vmalloc_nofs() from readpage(). This now uses per CPU 1623 - buffers (allocated at first mount with cluster size <= 4kiB and 1624 - deallocated on last umount with cluster size <= 4kiB), and 1625 - asynchronous io for the compressed data using a list of buffer heads. 1626 - Er, we use synchronous io as async io only works on whole pages 1627 - covered by buffers and not on individual buffer heads... 1628 - - Bug fix for reading compressed files with sparse compression blocks. 1629 - 1630 - tng-0.0.2 - Now handles larger/fragmented/compressed volumes/files/dirs. 1631 - 1632 - - Fixed handling of directories when cluster size exceeds index block 1633 - size. 1634 - - Hide DOS only name space directory entries from readdir() but allow 1635 - them in lookup(). This should fix the problem that Linux doesn't 1636 - support directory hard links, while still allowing access to entries 1637 - via their short file name. This also has the benefit of mimicking 1638 - what Windows users are used to, so it is the ideal solution. 1639 - - Implemented sync_page everywhere so no more hangs in D state when 1640 - waiting for a page. 1641 - - Stop using bforget() in favour of brelse(). 1642 - - Stop locking buffers unnecessarily. 1643 - - Implemented compressed files (inode->mapping contains uncompressed 1644 - data, raw compressed data is currently bread() into a vmalloc()ed 1645 - memory buffer). 1646 - - Enable compressed directories. (Their index root is marked compressed 1647 - to indicate that new files in that directory should be created 1648 - compressed.) 1649 - - Use vsnprintf rather than vsprintf in the ntfs_error and ntfs_warning 1650 - functions. (Thanks to Will Dyson for pointing this out.) 1651 - - Moved the ntfs_inode and ntfs_volume (the former ntfs_inode_info and 1652 - ntfs_sb_info) out of the common inode and super_block structures and 1653 - started using the generic_ip and generic_sbp pointers instead. This 1654 - makes ntfs entirely private with respect to the kernel tree. 1655 - - Detect compiler version and abort with error message if gcc less than 1656 - 2.96 is used. 1657 - - Fix bug in name comparison function in unistr.c. 1658 - - Implement attribute lists part 1, the infrastructure: search contexts 1659 - and operations, find_external_attr(), lookup_attr()) and make the 1660 - code use the infrastructure. 1661 - - Fix stupid buffer overflow bug that became apparent on larger run 1662 - list containing attributes. 1663 - - Fix bugs in readdir() that became apparent on larger directories. 1664 - 1665 - The driver is now really useful and survives the test 1666 - find . -type f -exec md5sum "{}" \; 1667 - without any error messages on a over 1GiB sized partition with >16k 1668 - files on it, including compressed files and directories and many files 1669 - and directories with attribute lists. 1670 - 1671 - tng-0.0.1 - The first useful version. 1672 - 1673 - - Added ntfs_lookup(). 1674 - - Added default upcase generation and handling. 1675 - - Added compile options to be shown on module init. 1676 - - Many bug fixes that were "hidden" before. 1677 - - Update to latest kernel. 1678 - - Added ntfs_readdir(). 1679 - - Added file operations for mmap(), read(), open() and llseek(). We just 1680 - use the generic ones. The whole point of going through implementing 1681 - readpage() methods and where possible get_block() call backs is that 1682 - this allows us to make use of the generic high level methods provided 1683 - by the kernel. 1684 - 1685 - The driver is now actually useful! Yey. (-: It undoubtedly has got bugs 1686 - though and it doesn't implement accesssing compressed files yet. Also, 1687 - accessing files with attribute list attributes is not implemented yet 1688 - either. But for small or simple filesystems it should work and allow 1689 - you to list directories, use stat on directory entries and the file 1690 - system, open, read, mmap and llseek around in files. A big mile stone 1691 - has been reached! 1692 - 1693 - tng-0.0.0 - Initial version tag. 1694 - 1695 - Initial driver implementation. The driver can mount and umount simple 1696 - NTFS filesystems (i.e. ones without attribute lists in the system 1697 - files). If the mount fails there might be problems in the error handling 1698 - code paths, so be warned. Otherwise it seems to be loading the system 1699 - files nicely and the mft record read mapping/unmapping seems to be 1700 - working nicely, too. Proof of inode metadata in the page cache and non- 1701 - resident file unnamed stream data in the page cache concepts is thus 1702 - complete.
+1 -1
fs/ocfs2/dlmglue.c
··· 1881 1881 * ocfs2_file_lock() and ocfs2_file_unlock() map to a single pair of 1882 1882 * flock() calls. The locking approach this requires is sufficiently 1883 1883 * different from all other cluster lock types that we implement a 1884 - * seperate path to the "low-level" dlm calls. In particular: 1884 + * separate path to the "low-level" dlm calls. In particular: 1885 1885 * 1886 1886 * - No optimization of lock levels is done - we take at exactly 1887 1887 * what's been requested.
+1 -1
fs/ocfs2/extent_map.c
··· 453 453 if (i == -1) { 454 454 /* 455 455 * Holes can be larger than the maximum size of an 456 - * extent, so we return their lengths in a seperate 456 + * extent, so we return their lengths in a separate 457 457 * field. 458 458 */ 459 459 if (hole_len) {
+2 -1
fs/qnx4/inode.c
··· 201 201 rootdir = (struct qnx4_inode_entry *) (bh->b_data + i * QNX4_DIR_ENTRY_SIZE); 202 202 if (rootdir->di_fname != NULL) { 203 203 QNX4DEBUG((KERN_INFO "rootdir entry found : [%s]\n", rootdir->di_fname)); 204 - if (!strncmp(rootdir->di_fname, QNX4_BMNAME, sizeof QNX4_BMNAME)) { 204 + if (!strcmp(rootdir->di_fname, 205 + QNX4_BMNAME)) { 205 206 found = 1; 206 207 qnx4_sb(sb)->BitMap = kmalloc( sizeof( struct qnx4_inode_entry ), GFP_KERNEL ); 207 208 if (!qnx4_sb(sb)->BitMap) {
+1 -1
fs/reiserfs/bitmap.c
··· 169 169 return 0; // No free blocks in this bitmap 170 170 } 171 171 172 - /* search for a first zero bit -- beggining of a window */ 172 + /* search for a first zero bit -- beginning of a window */ 173 173 *beg = reiserfs_find_next_zero_le_bit 174 174 ((unsigned long *)(bh->b_data), boundary, *beg); 175 175
+1 -1
fs/udf/inode.c
··· 106 106 if (iinfo->i_alloc_type != ICBTAG_FLAG_AD_IN_ICB && 107 107 inode->i_size != iinfo->i_lenExtents) { 108 108 printk(KERN_WARNING "UDF-fs (%s): Inode %lu (mode %o) has " 109 - "inode size %llu different from extent lenght %llu. " 109 + "inode size %llu different from extent length %llu. " 110 110 "Filesystem need not be standards compliant.\n", 111 111 inode->i_sb->s_id, inode->i_ino, inode->i_mode, 112 112 (unsigned long long)inode->i_size,
+1 -1
include/linux/dm9000.h
··· 23 23 #define DM9000_PLATF_NO_EEPROM (0x0010) 24 24 #define DM9000_PLATF_SIMPLE_PHY (0x0020) /* Use NSR to find LinkStatus */ 25 25 26 - /* platfrom data for platfrom device structure's platfrom_data field */ 26 + /* platform data for platform device structure's platform_data field */ 27 27 28 28 struct dm9000_plat_data { 29 29 unsigned int flags;
+8 -8
include/linux/hil.h
··· 168 168 HIL_CMD_PR6 = 0x45, /* Prompt6 */ 169 169 HIL_CMD_PR7 = 0x46, /* Prompt7 */ 170 170 HIL_CMD_PRM = 0x47, /* Prompt (General Purpose) */ 171 - HIL_CMD_AK1 = 0x48, /* Acknowlege1 */ 172 - HIL_CMD_AK2 = 0x49, /* Acknowlege2 */ 173 - HIL_CMD_AK3 = 0x4a, /* Acknowlege3 */ 174 - HIL_CMD_AK4 = 0x4b, /* Acknowlege4 */ 175 - HIL_CMD_AK5 = 0x4c, /* Acknowlege5 */ 176 - HIL_CMD_AK6 = 0x4d, /* Acknowlege6 */ 177 - HIL_CMD_AK7 = 0x4e, /* Acknowlege7 */ 178 - HIL_CMD_ACK = 0x4f, /* Acknowlege (General Purpose) */ 171 + HIL_CMD_AK1 = 0x48, /* Acknowledge1 */ 172 + HIL_CMD_AK2 = 0x49, /* Acknowledge2 */ 173 + HIL_CMD_AK3 = 0x4a, /* Acknowledge3 */ 174 + HIL_CMD_AK4 = 0x4b, /* Acknowledge4 */ 175 + HIL_CMD_AK5 = 0x4c, /* Acknowledge5 */ 176 + HIL_CMD_AK6 = 0x4d, /* Acknowledge6 */ 177 + HIL_CMD_AK7 = 0x4e, /* Acknowledge7 */ 178 + HIL_CMD_ACK = 0x4f, /* Acknowledge (General Purpose) */ 179 179 180 180 /* 0x50 to 0x78 reserved for future use */ 181 181 /* 0x80 to 0xEF device-specific commands */
+1 -1
include/linux/lru_cache.h
··· 64 64 usually the condition is softened to regions that _may_ have been target of 65 65 in-flight WRITE IO, e.g. by only lazily clearing the on-disk write-intent 66 66 bitmap, trading frequency of meta data transactions against amount of 67 - (possibly unneccessary) resync traffic. 67 + (possibly unnecessary) resync traffic. 68 68 69 69 If we set a hard limit on the area that may be "hot" at any given time, we 70 70 limit the amount of resync traffic needed for crash recovery.
+1 -1
include/linux/mmzone.h
··· 342 342 * prev_priority holds the scanning priority for this zone. It is 343 343 * defined as the scanning priority at which we achieved our reclaim 344 344 * target at the previous try_to_free_pages() or balance_pgdat() 345 - * invokation. 345 + * invocation. 346 346 * 347 347 * We use prev_priority as a measure of how much stress page reclaim is 348 348 * under - it drives the swappiness decision: whether to unmap mapped
+4 -4
include/linux/rbtree.h
··· 25 25 26 26 Some example of insert and search follows here. The search is a plain 27 27 normal search over an ordered tree. The insert instead must be implemented 28 - int two steps: as first thing the code must insert the element in 29 - order as a red leaf in the tree, then the support library function 30 - rb_insert_color() must be called. Such function will do the 31 - not trivial work to rebalance the rbtree if necessary. 28 + in two steps: First, the code must insert the element in order as a red leaf 29 + in the tree, and then the support library function rb_insert_color() must 30 + be called. Such function will do the not trivial work to rebalance the 31 + rbtree, if necessary. 32 32 33 33 ----------------------------------------------------------------------- 34 34 static inline struct page * rb_search_page_cache(struct inode * inode,
+1 -1
include/linux/sched.h
··· 1473 1473 1474 1474 struct list_head *scm_work_list; 1475 1475 #ifdef CONFIG_FUNCTION_GRAPH_TRACER 1476 - /* Index of current stored adress in ret_stack */ 1476 + /* Index of current stored address in ret_stack */ 1477 1477 int curr_ret_stack; 1478 1478 /* Stack of return addresses for return function tracing */ 1479 1479 struct ftrace_ret_stack *ret_stack;
+1 -1
include/math-emu/op-common.h
··· 29 29 _FP_FRAC_DECL_##wc(X) 30 30 31 31 /* 32 - * Finish truely unpacking a native fp value by classifying the kind 32 + * Finish truly unpacking a native fp value by classifying the kind 33 33 * of fp value and normalizing both the exponent and the fraction. 34 34 */ 35 35
+1 -1
include/media/davinci/vpfe_capture.h
··· 165 165 u8 started; 166 166 /* 167 167 * offset where second field starts from the starting of the 168 - * buffer for field seperated YCbCr formats 168 + * buffer for field separated YCbCr formats 169 169 */ 170 170 u32 field_off; 171 171 };
+1 -1
include/net/irda/irttp.h
··· 97 97 #define TTP_MAX_SDU_SIZE 0x01 98 98 99 99 /* 100 - * This structure contains all data assosiated with one instance of a TTP 100 + * This structure contains all data associated with one instance of a TTP 101 101 * connection. 102 102 */ 103 103 struct tsap_cb {
+1 -1
kernel/audit.c
··· 398 398 skb_get(skb); 399 399 err = netlink_unicast(audit_sock, skb, audit_nlk_pid, 0); 400 400 if (err < 0) { 401 - BUG_ON(err != -ECONNREFUSED); /* Shoudn't happen */ 401 + BUG_ON(err != -ECONNREFUSED); /* Shouldn't happen */ 402 402 printk(KERN_ERR "audit: *NO* daemon at audit_pid=%d\n", audit_pid); 403 403 audit_log_lost("auditd dissapeared\n"); 404 404 audit_pid = 0;
+1 -1
kernel/irq/chip.c
··· 554 554 * signal. The occurence is latched into the irq controller hardware 555 555 * and must be acked in order to be reenabled. After the ack another 556 556 * interrupt can happen on the same source even before the first one 557 - * is handled by the assosiacted event handler. If this happens it 557 + * is handled by the associated event handler. If this happens it 558 558 * might be necessary to disable (mask) the interrupt depending on the 559 559 * controller hardware. This requires to reenable the interrupt inside 560 560 * of the loop which handles the interrupts which have arrived while
+2 -2
kernel/irq/devres.c
··· 42 42 * automatically freed on driver detach. 43 43 * 44 44 * If an IRQ allocated with this function needs to be freed 45 - * separately, dev_free_irq() must be used. 45 + * separately, devm_free_irq() must be used. 46 46 */ 47 47 int devm_request_threaded_irq(struct device *dev, unsigned int irq, 48 48 irq_handler_t handler, irq_handler_t thread_fn, ··· 81 81 * Except for the extra @dev argument, this function takes the 82 82 * same arguments and performs the same function as free_irq(). 83 83 * This function instead of free_irq() should be used to manually 84 - * free IRQs allocated with dev_request_irq(). 84 + * free IRQs allocated with devm_request_irq(). 85 85 */ 86 86 void devm_free_irq(struct device *dev, unsigned int irq, void *dev_id) 87 87 {
+1 -1
kernel/ksysfs.c
··· 33 33 } 34 34 KERNEL_ATTR_RO(uevent_seqnum); 35 35 36 - /* uevent helper program, used during early boo */ 36 + /* uevent helper program, used during early boot */ 37 37 static ssize_t uevent_helper_show(struct kobject *kobj, 38 38 struct kobj_attribute *attr, char *buf) 39 39 {
+3 -3
kernel/params.c
··· 401 401 } 402 402 403 403 /* sysfs output in /sys/modules/XYZ/parameters/ */ 404 - #define to_module_attr(n) container_of(n, struct module_attribute, attr); 405 - #define to_module_kobject(n) container_of(n, struct module_kobject, kobj); 404 + #define to_module_attr(n) container_of(n, struct module_attribute, attr) 405 + #define to_module_kobject(n) container_of(n, struct module_kobject, kobj) 406 406 407 407 extern struct kernel_param __start___param[], __stop___param[]; 408 408 ··· 420 420 }; 421 421 422 422 #ifdef CONFIG_SYSFS 423 - #define to_param_attr(n) container_of(n, struct param_attribute, mattr); 423 + #define to_param_attr(n) container_of(n, struct param_attribute, mattr) 424 424 425 425 static ssize_t param_attr_show(struct module_attribute *mattr, 426 426 struct module *mod, char *buf)
+1 -1
kernel/sched_cpupri.c
··· 56 56 * @lowest_mask: A mask to fill in with selected CPUs (or NULL) 57 57 * 58 58 * Note: This function returns the recommended CPUs as calculated during the 59 - * current invokation. By the time the call returns, the CPUs may have in 59 + * current invocation. By the time the call returns, the CPUs may have in 60 60 * fact changed priorities any number of times. While not ideal, it is not 61 61 * an issue of correctness since the normal rebalancer logic will correct 62 62 * any discrepancies created by racing against the uncertainty of the current
+2 -2
kernel/trace/ring_buffer.c
··· 2542 2542 * @buffer: The ring buffer to enable writes 2543 2543 * 2544 2544 * Note, multiple disables will need the same number of enables 2545 - * to truely enable the writing (much like preempt_disable). 2545 + * to truly enable the writing (much like preempt_disable). 2546 2546 */ 2547 2547 void ring_buffer_record_enable(struct ring_buffer *buffer) 2548 2548 { ··· 2578 2578 * @cpu: The CPU to enable. 2579 2579 * 2580 2580 * Note, multiple disables will need the same number of enables 2581 - * to truely enable the writing (much like preempt_disable). 2581 + * to truly enable the writing (much like preempt_disable). 2582 2582 */ 2583 2583 void ring_buffer_record_enable_cpu(struct ring_buffer *buffer, int cpu) 2584 2584 {
+1 -1
kernel/trace/trace.h
··· 550 550 * struct trace_parser - servers for reading the user input separated by spaces 551 551 * @cont: set if the input is not complete - no final space char was found 552 552 * @buffer: holds the parsed user input 553 - * @idx: user input lenght 553 + * @idx: user input length 554 554 * @size: buffer size 555 555 */ 556 556 struct trace_parser {
+1 -1
mm/highmem.c
··· 220 220 * @page: &struct page to pin 221 221 * 222 222 * Returns the page's current virtual memory address, or NULL if no mapping 223 - * exists. When and only when a non null address is returned then a 223 + * exists. If and only if a non null address is returned then a 224 224 * matching call to kunmap_high() is necessary. 225 225 * 226 226 * This can be called from any context.
+1 -1
mm/slub.c
··· 2960 2960 /* 2961 2961 * if n->nr_slabs > 0, slabs still exist on the node 2962 2962 * that is going down. We were unable to free them, 2963 - * and offline_pages() function shoudn't call this 2963 + * and offline_pages() function shouldn't call this 2964 2964 * callback. So, we must fail. 2965 2965 */ 2966 2966 BUG_ON(slabs_node(s, offline_node));
+1 -1
net/ipv4/tcp_timer.c
··· 134 134 } 135 135 136 136 /* This function calculates a "timeout" which is equivalent to the timeout of a 137 - * TCP connection after "boundary" unsucessful, exponentially backed-off 137 + * TCP connection after "boundary" unsuccessful, exponentially backed-off 138 138 * retransmissions with an initial RTO of TCP_RTO_MIN. 139 139 */ 140 140 static bool retransmits_timed_out(struct sock *sk,
+1 -1
net/mac80211/mesh_plink.c
··· 744 744 break; 745 745 default: 746 746 /* should not get here, PLINK_BLOCKED is dealt with at the 747 - * beggining of the function 747 + * beginning of the function 748 748 */ 749 749 spin_unlock_bh(&sta->lock); 750 750 break;
+2 -2
net/netfilter/nf_conntrack_sip.c
··· 284 284 * tabs, spaces and continuation lines, which are treated as a single whitespace 285 285 * character. 286 286 * 287 - * Some headers may appear multiple times. A comma seperated list of values is 287 + * Some headers may appear multiple times. A comma separated list of values is 288 288 * equivalent to multiple headers. 289 289 */ 290 290 static const struct sip_header ct_sip_hdrs[] = { ··· 421 421 } 422 422 EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(ct_sip_get_header); 423 423 424 - /* Get next header field in a list of comma seperated values */ 424 + /* Get next header field in a list of comma separated values */ 425 425 static int ct_sip_next_header(const struct nf_conn *ct, const char *dptr, 426 426 unsigned int dataoff, unsigned int datalen, 427 427 enum sip_header_types type,
+1 -1
net/netfilter/xt_hashlimit.c
··· 1 1 /* 2 2 * xt_hashlimit - Netfilter module to limit the number of packets per time 3 - * seperately for each hashbucket (sourceip/sourceport/dstip/dstport) 3 + * separately for each hashbucket (sourceip/sourceport/dstip/dstport) 4 4 * 5 5 * (C) 2003-2004 by Harald Welte <laforge@netfilter.org> 6 6 * Copyright © CC Computer Consultants GmbH, 2007 - 2008
+1 -1
net/sctp/sm_sideeffect.c
··· 475 475 * used to provide an upper bound to this doubling operation. 476 476 * 477 477 * Special Case: the first HB doesn't trigger exponential backoff. 478 - * The first unacknowleged HB triggers it. We do this with a flag 478 + * The first unacknowledged HB triggers it. We do this with a flag 479 479 * that indicates that we have an outstanding HB. 480 480 */ 481 481 if (!is_hb || transport->hb_sent) {
+1 -1
scripts/gfp-translate
··· 19 19 exit 0 20 20 } 21 21 22 - # Parse command-line arguements 22 + # Parse command-line arguments 23 23 while [ $# -gt 0 ]; do 24 24 case $1 in 25 25 --source)
+3 -3
security/selinux/avc.c
··· 337 337 * Look up an AVC entry that is valid for the 338 338 * (@ssid, @tsid), interpreting the permissions 339 339 * based on @tclass. If a valid AVC entry exists, 340 - * then this function return the avc_node. 340 + * then this function returns the avc_node. 341 341 * Otherwise, this function returns NULL. 342 342 */ 343 343 static struct avc_node *avc_lookup(u32 ssid, u32 tsid, u16 tclass) ··· 523 523 * @perms: permissions 524 524 * 525 525 * Register a callback function for events in the set @events 526 - * related to the SID pair (@ssid, @tsid) and 526 + * related to the SID pair (@ssid, @tsid) 527 527 * and the permissions @perms, interpreting 528 528 * @perms based on @tclass. Returns %0 on success or 529 529 * -%ENOMEM if insufficient memory exists to add the callback. ··· 568 568 * 569 569 * if a valid AVC entry doesn't exist,this function returns -ENOENT. 570 570 * if kmalloc() called internal returns NULL, this function returns -ENOMEM. 571 - * otherwise, this function update the AVC entry. The original AVC-entry object 571 + * otherwise, this function updates the AVC entry. The original AVC-entry object 572 572 * will release later by RCU. 573 573 */ 574 574 static int avc_update_node(u32 event, u32 perms, u32 ssid, u32 tsid, u16 tclass,
+1 -1
sound/pci/rme9652/hdspm.c
··· 2479 2479 on MADICARD 2480 2480 - playback mixer matrix: [channelout+64] [output] [value] 2481 2481 - input(thru) mixer matrix: [channelin] [output] [value] 2482 - (better do 2 kontrols for seperation ?) 2482 + (better do 2 kontrols for separation ?) 2483 2483 */ 2484 2484 2485 2485 #define HDSPM_MIXER(xname, xindex) \
+1 -1
sound/soc/codecs/wm8990.c
··· 990 990 reg = snd_soc_read(codec, WM8990_CLOCKING_2); 991 991 snd_soc_write(codec, WM8990_CLOCKING_2, reg | WM8990_SYSCLK_SRC); 992 992 993 - /* set up N , fractional mode and pre-divisor if neccessary */ 993 + /* set up N , fractional mode and pre-divisor if necessary */ 994 994 snd_soc_write(codec, WM8990_PLL1, pll_div.n | WM8990_SDM | 995 995 (pll_div.div2?WM8990_PRESCALE:0)); 996 996 snd_soc_write(codec, WM8990_PLL2, (u8)(pll_div.k>>8));
+1 -1
tools/perf/perf.c
··· 445 445 446 446 /* 447 447 * We use PATH to find perf commands, but we prepend some higher 448 - * precidence paths: the "--exec-path" option, the PERF_EXEC_PATH 448 + * precedence paths: the "--exec-path" option, the PERF_EXEC_PATH 449 449 * environment, and the $(perfexecdir) from the Makefile at build 450 450 * time. 451 451 */
+1 -1
tools/perf/util/hist.c
··· 321 321 new_depth_mask &= ~(1 << (depth - 1)); 322 322 323 323 /* 324 - * But we keep the older depth mask for the line seperator 324 + * But we keep the older depth mask for the line separator 325 325 * to keep the level link until we reach the last child 326 326 */ 327 327 ret += ipchain__fprintf_graph_line(fp, depth, depth_mask,